Star Micronics Printer Line Thermal Dot Printer User Manual

Line Thermal/Dot Printer  
STAR Line Mode  
Command Specifications  
Rev. 0.00  
Star Micronics Co., Ltd.  
Special Products Operating Division  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION  
This specifications document describes the command specifications for the STAR MODE on hybrid printers.  
Information contained herein applies to models with the following conditions.  
• Hybrid printers  
• Interfaces:  
- Parallel  
• RS-232C  
• USB  
- Ethernet  
< Applicable Models:>  
• HSP7000  
1-1  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
2. COMMAND FUNCTION LIST  
• Standard Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
Slip, Validation  
Font style  
ESC RS F  
Select font  
-
and character  
ESC GS t  
Select code page  
set  
ESC GS =  
ESC R  
ESC /  
ESC SP  
ESC M  
ESC P  
ESC :  
ESC g  
ESC 6  
ESC 7  
ESC i  
Write blank code page data  
Specify international character set  
Specify/cancel slash zero  
Set ANK right space  
Specify 12 dot pitch  
Specify 15 dot pitch  
Specify 16 dot pitch  
Specify 14 dot pitch  
-
Specify 7 x 9 font (half dots)  
Specify 5 x 9 font (2P-1)  
Specify 5 x 9 font (3P-1)  
-
-
-
-
-
Character  
expansion  
settings  
Set/cancel the double wide/high  
ESC W  
ESC h  
SO  
Specify/cancel expanded wide  
Specify/cancel expanded high  
Set double wide printing  
Cancel expanded wide  
Set double high  
Cancel expanded high  
Select emphasized printing  
Cancel emphasized printing  
Select/cancel underline mode  
Select/cancel upperline mode  
Selects white/black inversion  
-
DC4  
ESC SO  
ESC DC4  
ESC E  
ESC F  
ESC -  
ESC _  
ESC 4  
-
Print modes  
Select white/black inversion red/  
black colors (substitute function)  
ESC 5  
Cancel white/black inversion  
-
Cancel white/black inversion red/  
black colors (substitute function)  
Select red/black substitute function  
ESC GS 4  
[ESC 4/5 setting]  
SI  
Select upside-down printing  
DC2  
ESC RS i  
Cancel upside-down printing  
-
Specify/cancel character rotated  
mode  
Line spacing  
LF  
Line feed  
CR  
Line feed  
ESC a  
ESC z  
ESC 0  
Feed paper n lines  
Select line feed amount  
Specify line feed to 3 mm  
Specify line feed amount of 1/8  
inch  
ESC 1  
Specify line feed to 3 mm  
Specify line feed amount of 7/72  
inch  
ESC J  
ESC j  
ESC I  
ESC A  
n/4 mm line feed  
-
n/8mm line feed  
Specify line feed amount of 3  
n/72 inch paper feed  
Reverse paper feed  
n/144 inch paper feed  
Define n/72 inch pitch line feed  
mm/4mm  
ESC 2  
Specify line feed amount (Defined  
by ESC A n)  
ESC 3  
ESC y  
-
-
Specify n/216 inch paper feed  
Specify n/144 inch paper feed  
2-1  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
Class  
Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
Slip, Validation  
Page control  
FF  
Form feed  
-
ESC C  
ESC C 0  
VT  
ESC B  
ESC I  
Set page length to n lines  
Set page length in n x 24 mm units  
Feed paper to vertical tab position  
Set vertical tab position  
-
-
-
-
Horizontal  
direction position  
Set left margin  
ESC Q  
HT  
ESC D  
ESC GS A  
ESC GS R  
ESC GS a  
ESC &  
Set right margin  
Move horizontal tab  
Set/cancel horizontal tab  
Move absolute position  
Move relative position  
Specify position alignment  
Register/delete download  
characters  
Download  
ESC %  
ESC K  
ESC L  
Set/cancel download characters  
Standard density bit image  
High density bit image  
Fine bit image  
-
Bit image  
Graphics  
ESC k  
ESC X  
Fine bit image  
-
ESC ^  
-
9 Dot bit image  
Logos  
ESC FS q  
ESC FS p  
ESC RS L  
ESC b  
ESC d  
ESC BEL  
Register logo  
Print logo  
Logo batch control  
Print bar code  
Auto-cutter  
Set external drive device 1 pulse  
width  
Bar Codes  
Cutter control  
External device  
drive  
-
BEL  
FS  
SUB  
EM  
ESC GS BEL  
ESC GS EM DC1  
External device 1 drive instruction  
External device 1 drive instruction  
External device 2 drive instruction  
External device 2 drive instruction  
Ring buzzer  
-
Set external buzzer drive pulse  
condition  
ESC GS EM DC2  
ESC RS d  
ESC RS r  
ESC RS a  
ESC ACK SOH  
Execute external buzzer drive  
Set print density  
Set printing speed  
Set status transmission conditions  
Real-time printer status  
(ASB Status)  
-
-
Print Setting  
Status  
ENQ  
EOT  
ETB  
ESC RS E  
Real-time printer status (1)  
Real-time printer status (2)  
Update of ETB status  
Clear ETB counter, initialize ETB  
status  
2-2  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
Class  
Commands  
ESC p  
ESC q  
ESC $  
Name  
Thermal  
Slip, Validation  
Kanji Character  
Set JIS Kanji Character mode  
Cancel JIS Kanji Character mode  
Set/cancel JIS Kanji Character  
mode  
ESC s  
ESC t  
ESC r  
ESC u  
Set two-byte Kanji characters left/  
right spaces  
Set single-byte Kanji characters  
left/right spaces  
Register Chinese download  
characters  
-
Specify two-byte 16 x 16 dot Kanji  
Character (Single density/double  
density)  
ESC x  
ESC w  
-
-
Specify expanded Kanji characters  
(Double tall/double high & wide)  
Specify expanded Kanji characters  
(batch double tall/double high &  
wide)  
Others  
RS  
CAN  
-
Ring buzzer  
Cancel print data and initialize  
commands  
ESC @  
ESC U  
Initialize commands  
-
Select printing direction  
ESC GS #  
ESC # @  
ESC # N ?  
Set memory switch  
Initialize all memory switches  
Inquire memory switch setting  
contents  
ESC # *  
ESC ?  
DC3  
Inquire printer version  
Reset printer  
Printer deselect  
Select printer  
DC1  
(*) Kanji character commands  
• Kanji character control commands are ignored on printers not installed with Kanji character fonts (those in-  
tended for overseas).  
• All Kanji control commands are ignored if the specification for the location of use is specified as SBCS (single  
byte countries) by the memory switch.  
2-3  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
• Raster Related Commands  
Class Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
Slip, Validation  
Raster  
commands  
ESC * r R  
Initialize raster mode  
-
ESC * r A  
ESC * r B  
ESC * r C  
ESC * r D  
ESC * r E  
ESC * r F  
ESC * r P  
ESC * r Q  
ESC * r m l  
ESC * r m r  
ESC * r T  
Enter raster mode  
Quit raster mode  
Clear raster data  
Drawer drive  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Set raster EOT mode  
Set raster FF mode  
Set raster page length  
Set raster print quality  
Set raster left margin  
Set raster right margin  
Set raster top margin  
Set raster print color  
Transfer raster data (auto line  
feed)  
ESC * r K  
b n1 n2 d1 … dk  
k n1 n2 d1 … dk  
ESC * r Y  
Transfer raster data  
Move vertical direction position  
(Line feed for specified dots)  
Execute form feed mode  
Execute EOT mode  
Discard specified byte count of  
data  
-
-
ESC FF NUL  
ESC FF EOT  
ESC * r N  
-
-
-
ESC * r V  
Execute external buzzer drive  
-
• Black Mark Related Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
Auto-cutter:  
Execute top of form  
Slip, Validation  
Black mark  
Related  
ESC d  
FF  
-
-
commands  
ESC C  
ESC C 0  
VT  
Set page length to n lines  
-
-
-
-
Set page length in n x 24 mm units  
Feed paper to vertical tab position  
Set vertical tab position  
ESC B  
• 2-Color Printing Related Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
Specify printing color in 2 color  
printing mode  
Select/cancel 2-color printing  
mode  
Specify white/black inversion or  
printing color red  
Slip, Validation  
2-Color Printing  
ESC RS c  
-
-
Related  
commands  
ESC RS C  
ESC 4  
Select white/black inversion red/  
black colors (substitute function)  
ESC 5  
Cancel white/black inversion or  
specify printing color black  
Set print density  
Set printing speed  
Register logo  
Cancel white/black inversion red/  
black colors (substitute function)  
-
-
ESC RS d  
ESC RS r  
ESC FS q  
ESC FS p  
Print logo  
2-4  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
• Mark Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
Slip, Validation  
Mark Commands ESC GS * 0  
ESC GS * 1  
Print mark  
-
-
-
Specify mark height and line feed  
At each mark number  
Specify mark color, mark horizontal  
width  
ESC GS * 2  
ESC GS * W  
ESC GS * C  
Register mark format to non-  
volatile memory  
Initialize mark format from non-  
volatile memory  
-
-
• Auto Logo Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
Register Auto Logo setting to non-  
volatile memory  
Slip, Validation  
Auto Logo  
Commands  
ESC GS / W  
ESC GS / C  
-
-
Initialize Auto Logo setting from  
non-volatile memory  
ESC GS / 1  
ESC GS / 2  
ESC GS / 3  
ESC GS / 4  
ESC GS / 5  
Set ON/OFF for Auto Logo function  
Set command characters  
Set user macro 1  
Set user macro 2  
Set command character switching  
-
-
-
-
-
method  
ESC GS / 6  
Set partial cut just prior to Auto  
Logo printing  
-
• PDF417 Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
Slip, Validation  
PDF417  
Commands  
ESC GS x S 0  
Set PDF417 bar code size  
-
ESC GS x S 1  
ESC GS x S 2  
Set PDF417 ECC (security level)  
Set PDF417 module x direction  
size  
-
-
ESC GS x S 3  
ESC GS x D  
ESC GS x P  
ESC GS x I  
Set PDF417 module aspect ratio  
Set PDF417 bar code data  
Print PDF417 bar code  
Get PDF417 bar code expansion  
information  
-
-
-
• Print Start Trigger Control Commands  
Class  
Commands  
ESC GS g 0  
ESC GS g 1  
Name  
Thermal  
Slip, Validation  
Slip, Validation  
Print starting  
trigger  
Print starting trigger  
Set print start timer  
-
-
• QR Code Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
Set QR code model  
QR Code  
ESC GS y S 0  
ESC GS y S 1  
ESC GS y S 2  
ESC GS y D 1  
ESC GS y D 2  
ESC GS y P  
-
-
-
-
-
-
Set QR code mistake correction level  
Set QR code cell size  
Set QR code data (auto setting)  
Set QR code data (manual setting)  
Print QR code  
ESC GS y I  
Get QR code expansion  
information  
2-5  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
• Page Function Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
180˚ inversion function  
Water mark function  
Slip, Validation  
Slip, Validation  
Page Function  
ESC GS h 0  
ESC GS h 1  
-
-
• Slip/Validation Function Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
Slip Function  
ESC SI  
-
-
-
-
-
ESC FF  
ESC VT  
ESC EM  
ESC US  
Slip/Validation Function  
-
Set slip/validation automatic clamp  
• Page Mode Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
Slip, Validation  
Batch print page data  
Select page mode  
Page mode  
FF  
-
-
-
-
-
ESC n  
ESC !  
ESC *  
ESC T  
Select line mode  
Set page mode print region  
Sets page mode print direction  
• Station Selection Command  
Class  
Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
Slip, Validation  
Station Selection ESC + A  
Station Selection  
• Presenter Related Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
Slip, Validation  
Presenter  
ESC SYN 0  
-
-
Related  
commands  
ESC SYN 1  
-
-
ESC SYN 3  
ESC SYN 4  
-
-
-
-
• MICR Related Command  
Class Commands  
Name  
Thermal  
Slip, Validation  
MICR  
ESC FS M  
MICR function  
2-6  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3. COMMAND DETAILS  
3-1) Explanation of Terms  
• Reception buffer  
The buffer for storing data (reception data) received from the host, as it is called the reception buffer.  
Reception data is temporarily stored in the reception buffer, then processed sequentially.  
• Line buffer  
The buffer for storing image data for printing is called the line buffer.  
• Line buffer full  
The state in which the buffer has no more space available is called line buffer full. When the buffer is full in line mode,  
data in the line buffer is printed and a line feed is performed when new print data is processed. This is the same as a  
Line Feed. When the line buffer is full in the page mode, the printer move the print position to the head of the next line  
then starts with the new print data.  
• Top of line  
The top of line is a state that satisfies the following conditions.  
A. There is currently no print data in the line buffer.  
B. The position is not specified with the horizontal direction position command.  
• Printable region  
This is the maximum printable area with the printer’s specifications.  
• Print region  
This is the printing area specified by a command.(Print region printable region)  
• Print data expansion position  
Bar Code  
Height h dot  
24 dot  
40 dot  
Bit image  
Double  
high  
Bar Code  
20 dot  
4dot  
Expanded  
Base Line  
A
y
8 dot  
3-1  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-2) Exception processing  
1) Undefined codes  
Codes from <00>H to <1F>H are targeted. When codes not defined as commands in this region are received, they are  
discarded.  
(Ex.) If processing the data string of <30>H<31>H<03>H<32>H<0A>H<33>H, the printer will discard <03>H as an  
undefined code.  
2) Undefined commands  
When data continuing the codes of ESC, FS, GS, DLE are codes not defined as commands, ESC, FS,GS and subse-  
quent codes are discarded.  
(Ex.) If processing the data string of <30>H<1B>H<22>H<31>H<32>H, the printer will read and discard  
<1B>H<22>H as an undefined command.  
3) Settings outside of the defined area  
Processing values outside of the defined area in commands accompanying arguments, those commands are ignored  
and the preset values are unchanged.  
(Ex.:) If processing the data string of <1B>H<52>H<15>H, the printer will discard the data string of  
<1B>H<52>H<15>H because although <1B>H<52>H is defined as a commands (ESC R) , the argument  
<15>H is outside of the definition. Therefore, the international character set that is already set experiences no  
change.  
3-2  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3) Standard Command Details  
3-3-1) Font style and character set  
ESC RS F n  
[Name] Select font  
[Code]  
ASCII  
ESC  
1B  
RS  
F
n
n
n
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
1E 46  
30 70  
27  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 1, n = 16  
Slip  
-
Validation  
-
[Initial Value]  
Thermal  
Slip  
n = 0  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Select font  
n
0
Font  
Font-A (12 x 24 dots)  
Font-B (9 x 24 dots)  
OCR-B (16 x 24 dots)  
1
16  
When OCR-B font is selected, the following functions are invalid.  
• Code Pages  
• Blank Code Pages  
• International Characters  
• Slashed Zero  
When using the OCR-B font to read characters using a scanner, cancel adornment, expansion and  
external character settings. Also, check the OCR-B font by actual use.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-3  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS t n  
[Name] Select code page  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC GS  
t
n
n
n
1B  
27  
1D  
74  
29 116  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 21, 32 n 34, 64 n 79, n = 255  
0 n 21, 32 n 34, 64 n 79, n = 255  
0 n 21, 32 n 34, 64 n 79, n = 255  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Memory switch setting, when set to DBCS, Japanese characters normal katakana are fixed.  
Memory switch setting, when set to DBCS, Japanese characters normal katakana are fixed.  
Memory switch setting, when set to DBCS, Japanese characters normal katakana are fixed.  
Validation  
[Function]  
n
Specifies code page  
When installed with Japanese language characters and DBCS setting, this command is ignored.  
Code Page  
n
32  
33  
34  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
255  
Code Page  
Code Page 1252 (Windows Latin -1)  
Codepage 1250 (Windows Latin-2)  
Codepage 1251 (Windows Cyrillic)  
Codepage 3840 (IBM-Russian)  
Codepage 3841 (Gost)  
0
1
Normal  
CodePage437 (USA,Std. Europe)  
Katakana  
2
3
CodePage437 (USA, Std. Europe)  
Codepage 858 (Multilingual)  
Codepage 852 (Latin-2)  
4
5
Codepage 3843 (Polish)  
6
Codepage 860 (Portuguese)  
Codepage 861 (Icelandic)  
Codepage 863 (Canadian French)  
Codepage 865 (Nordic)  
Codepage 3844 (CS2)  
7
Codepage 3845 (Hungarian)  
Codepgae 3846 (Turkish)  
Codepage 3847 (Brazil-ABNT)  
Codepage 3848 (Brazil-ABICOMP)  
Codepage 1001 (Arabic)  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
Codepage 866 (Cyrillic Russian)  
Codepage 855 (Cyrillic Bulgarian)  
Codepage 857 (Turkish)  
Codepage 862 (Israel (Hebrew) )  
Codepage 864 (Arabic)  
Codepage 2001 (Lithuanian-KBL)  
Codepage 3001 (Estonian-1)  
Codepage 3002 (Estonian-2)  
Codepage 3011 (Latvian-1)  
Codepage 3012 (Latvian-2)  
Codepage 3021 (Bulgarian)  
Codepage 3041 (Maltese)  
Empty page  
Codepage 737 (Greek)  
Codepage 851 (Greek)  
Codepage 869 (Greek)  
Codepage 928 (Greek)  
Codepage 772 (Lithuanian)  
Codepage 774 (Lithuanian)  
Codepage 874 (Thai)  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-4  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS = n1 n2 da1 da2 … dak db1 db2 … dbk  
[Name] Write blank code page data  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
=
n1 n2 da1 da2  
.. dak  
.. dak  
.. dak  
db1 db2  
db1 db2  
db1 db2  
.. dbk  
.. dbk  
.. dbk  
1D 3D n1 n2 da1 da2  
29 61 n1 n2 da1 da2  
Decimal  
27  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
n1 = 0, n2 = 48, 1 (n1 + n2 x 256)  
0 da 255 (Font-A data), db = 0 (Star mode does not have Font-B), k = (n1 + n2 x 256)  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
A blank code page indicates a character code table where character codes from 80h to FFh are all  
blank.  
A blank code page can be selected using the ESC GS t n command n = 255.  
The printer is reset when writing with this command is completed.  
[Font-A Data Format Vertical 24 dots x Horizontal 12 dots]  
• = Data region/ ○= Zero data  
(Font - A Data Format Vertical 24 dot x Horizontal 12 dot)  
MSB  
LSB  
MSB  
LSB  
Da1  
Da2  
Da3  
Da4  
Da5  
Da6  
Da7  
Da8  
Da9  
Da10  
Da12  
Da14  
Da16  
Da18  
Da20  
Da22  
Da24  
Da26  
Da28  
Da30  
Da32  
Da34  
Da36  
Da38  
Da40  
Da42  
Da44  
Da46  
Da48  
Da11  
Da13  
Da15  
Da17  
Da19  
Da21  
Da23  
Da25  
Da27  
Da29  
Da31  
Da33  
Da35  
Da37  
Da39  
Da41  
Da43  
Da45  
Da47  
= Data Region /  
= Zero Data  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only registration is possible.  
Registration data is printable after switching to thermal.  
3-5  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC R n  
[Name] Specify international character set  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
R
n
n
n
1B 52  
27 82  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
0 n 14, n = 64, 48 N 57 (”0” n “9”), 65 n 69 (”A” n “E”)  
0 n 14, n = 64, 48 N 57 (”0” n “9”), 65 n 69 (”A” n “E”)  
0 n 14, n = 64, 48 N 57 (”0” n “9”), 65 n 69 (”A” n “E”)  
Memory switch setting  
Validation  
Thermal  
[Initial Value]  
When installed with Japanese language characters and DBCS setting: Fixed at n = 8  
Memory switch setting  
Slip  
:
:
When installed with Japanese language characters and DBCS setting: Fixed at n = 8  
Memory switch setting  
Validation  
When installed with Japanese language characters and DBCS setting: Fixed at n = 8  
[Function]  
Specifies international characters  
See each printer’s product specifications manual for details on the memory switch settings.  
n
International Characters  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
4, 52  
5, 53  
6, 54  
7, 55  
8, 56  
9, 57  
10, 65  
11, 66  
12, 67  
13, 68  
14, 69  
64  
USA  
France  
Germany  
UK  
Denmark  
Sweden  
Italy  
Spain  
Japan  
Norway  
Denmark II  
Spain II  
Latin America  
Korea  
Ireland  
Legal  
When installed with Japanese language characters and DBCS setting, this command is ignored.  
Note that if the code page 3041 (Maltese) is selected for the code page, international characters are  
disabled and the specified characters of code page 3041 are printed.  
At that time, the specified international character setting is valid when changed to a different code  
page.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-6  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC / N  
[Name] Specify/cancel slash zero  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
/
n
n
n
1B 2F  
27 47  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Memory switch setting  
Memory switch setting  
Memory switch setting  
Validation  
Specifies and cancels slash zeros.  
See each printer’s product specifications manual for details on the memory switch settings.  
n
International Characters  
Cancels slash zero  
0, 48  
1, 49  
Specifies slash zero  
Note that if the code page 3041 (Maltese) is selected for the code page, slash zero is invalid, and  
normal zeros will be printed.  
At that time, the specified slash zero setting is valid when changed to a different code page.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
ESC SP n  
[Name] Set ANK right space  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC SP  
n
n
n
1B 20  
27 32  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 15, 48 N 57 (”0” n “9”), 65 n 70 (”A” n “F”)  
0 n 15, 48 N 57 (”0” n “9”), 65 n 70 (”A” n “F”)  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
0 n 15, 48 N 57 (”0” n “9”), 65 n 70 (”A” n “F”)  
[Initial Value]  
Memory switch setting  
n = 0  
n = 0  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies the right space for ANK 12 x 24 dot fonts in n dots.  
Character spacing can be specified also with the following commands.  
• Specify 12 dot pitch (ESC M)  
• Specify 14 dot pitch (ESC g)  
• Specify 15 dot pitch (ESC P)  
• Specify 16 dot pitch (ESC :)  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Specifies right space of characters with n half dots.  
When in horizontal double-wide printing, the right space is also double.  
(Note) The settings by this command are valid for all stations.  
Setting value is shared when thermal and slip, validation line mode is selected.  
The setting value when slip, validation page mode is selected is shared only when slip,  
validation page mode is selected.  
3-7  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC M  
[Name] (Thermal) Specify 12 dot pitch/(Slip) specify 7 x 9 font (half dots) (default)  
[Code]  
ASCII ESC  
M
4D  
77  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
1B  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Memory switch setting  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies the right space for ANK 12 x 24 dot fonts in 0 dots.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Specifies 7 x 9 (half) dot font.  
Sets the number of printable digits in one line to [total half dot count/(10 + character right space  
amount).  
When page mode is selected, it is fixed at 5 x 9 fonts, and only the setting is valid.  
Setting is valid after switching to line mode.  
(Note) The settings by this command are valid for all stations.  
ESC P  
[Name] (Thermal) Specify 15 dot pitch/(Slip) specify 5 x 9 font (2P-1)  
[Code]  
ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
P
1B 50  
27 80  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
-
-
-
:
:
:
:
:
[Initial Value]  
Memory switch setting  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies the right space for ANK 12 x 24 dot fonts in 3 dots.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Specifies 5 x 9 (2 pulse = 1) dot fonts.  
Sets the number of printable digits in one line to [total half dot count/(12 + character right space  
amount).  
(Note) The settings by this command are valid for all stations.  
3-8  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC :  
[Name] (Thermal) Specify 16 dot pitch/(Slip) specify 5 x 9 font (3P-1)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
:
1B 3A  
27 58  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Memory switch setting  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies the right space for ANK 12 x 24 dot fonts in 4 dots.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Specifies 5 x 9 (3 pulse = 1) dot fonts.  
Sets the number of printable digits in one line to [total half dot count/(18 + character right space  
amount).  
(Note) The settings by this command are valid for all stations.  
ESC g  
[Name] Specify 14 dot pitch  
[Code] ASCII ESC  
Hexadecimal  
g
67  
1B  
27  
Decimal  
103  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
Slip  
Validation  
[Initial Value]  
Thermal  
Slip  
Memory switch setting  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies rights space for the ANK 12 x 24 dot fonts to 2 dots.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-9  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC 6  
[Name] Specify IBM character set #2  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
6
1B 36  
27 54  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Two bytes ignored  
ESC 7  
[Name] Specify IBM character set #1  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
7
1B 37  
27 55  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Two bytes ignored  
3-10  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-2) Character Expansion Settings  
ESC i n1 n2  
[Name] Set/cancel the double wide/high  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
1B  
i
n1 n2  
69 n1 n2  
Decimal  
27 105 n1 n2  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n1 5, 48 n1 53(“0” n1 “5”), 0 n2 5, 48 n2 53(“0” n2 “5”)  
Slip  
0 n1 5, 48 n1 53(“0” n1 “5”), 0 n2 5, 48 n2 53(“0” n2 “5”)  
0 n1 5, 48 n1 53(“0” n1 “5”), 0 n2 5, 48 n2 53(“0” n2 “5”)  
n1 = 0 (Double high cancelled), n2 = 0 (Double wide cancelled)  
n1 = 0 (Double high cancelled), n2 = 0 (Double wide cancelled)  
n1 = 0 (Double high cancelled), n2 = 0 (Double wide cancelled)  
Validation  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
Validation  
Specifies/cancels double high/wide for ANK characters and Kanji characters.  
This command is ignored if either n1 or n2 is outside of the defined area.  
<Thermal>  
n1  
Expanded high  
Cancel expanded high  
0, 48  
1, 49  
Specifies 2x expansion  
2, 50  
Specifies 3x expansion  
3, 51  
Specifies 4x expansion  
4, 52  
Specifies 5x expansion  
5, 53  
Specifies 6x expansion  
n2  
Expanded wide  
Cancel expanded wide  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
4, 52  
5, 53  
Specifies 2x wide expansion  
Specifies 3x wide expansion  
Specifies 4x wide expansion  
Specifies 5x wide expansion  
Specifies 6x wide expansion  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
n1  
0, 48  
Expanded high  
Expanded wide  
Cancel expanded high  
1 n1 5, 49 n1 53  
Specifies 2x expansion  
n2  
0, 48  
Cancel expanded wide  
1 n2 5, 49 n2 53  
Specifies 2x wide expansion  
However, in standard specifications, only the line feed amount is doubled for font configurations of 6  
x 12 IBM block graphic characters.  
When slip or validation is selected, and more than double is specified, printing is doubled for every  
setting.  
Setting more than triple is valid after switching to thermal.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-11  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC W n  
[Name] Specify/cancel expanded wide  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
W
n
n
n
1B 57  
27 87  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 5, 48 n 53, (“0” n “5”)  
0 n 5, 48 n 53, (“0” n “5”)  
0 n 5, 48 n 53, (“0” n “5”)  
n = 0 (Double wide cancelled)  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
n = 0 (Double wide cancelled)  
Validation  
n = 0 (Double wide cancelled)  
[Function]  
Specifies/cancels double wide for ANK characters and Kanji characters.  
<Thermal>  
n
Expanded wide  
Cancel expanded wide  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
4, 52  
5, 53  
Specifies 2x wide expansion  
Specifies 3x wide expansion  
Specifies 4x wide expansion  
Specifies 5x wide expansion  
Specifies 6x wide expansion  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
n
Function  
Cancels double wide expanded printing  
Specifies double wide expanded printing  
0, 48  
1 n 5 49 n 53  
When slip or validation is selected, and more than double is specified, printing is doubled for every  
setting.  
Setting more than triple is valid after switching to thermal.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-12  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC h n  
[Name] Specify/cancel expanded high  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
h
n
n
n
68  
27 104  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 5, 48 n 53, (“0” n “5”)  
0 n 5, 48 n 53, (“0” n “5”)  
0 n 5, 48 n 53, (“0” n “5”)  
n = 0 (Double high cancelled)  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
n = 0 (Double high cancelled)  
Validation  
n = 0 (Double high cancelled)  
Specifies/cancels double high for ANK characters and Kanji characters.  
When tall expanded characters and normal printing are mixed in the same line, they are aligned at  
the bottom.  
<Thermal>  
n
Expanded high  
Cancel expanded high  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
4, 52  
5, 53  
Specifies 2x expansion  
Specifies 3x expansion  
Specifies 4x expansion  
Specifies 5x expansion  
Specifies 6x expansion  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
n
Function  
Cancels printing of vertical double-high character printing.  
Specifies 2x expansion printing  
0, 48  
1 n 5 49 n 53  
However, in standard specifications, only the line feed amount is doubled for font configurations of 6  
x 12 IBM block graphic characters, without expanding characters.  
When slip or validation is selected, and more than double is specified, printing is doubled for every  
setting.  
Setting more than triple is valid after switching to thermal.  
When page mode is selected, the line feed amount including the expanded double-tall characters is  
1x the normal amount.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-13  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
SO  
[Name] Set double wide  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
SO  
0E  
14  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Cancels 2x wide expansion  
Cancels 2x wide expansion  
Cancels 2x wide expansion  
Validation  
[Function]  
Specifies double wide for ANK characters and Kanji characters.  
This command is equivalent to ESC W 1.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
DC4  
[Name]  
Cancel expanded wide  
[Code]  
ASCII  
DC4  
14  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
20  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Cancels 2x wide expansion  
Cancels 2x wide expansion  
Cancels 2x wide expansion  
Validation  
[Function]  
Cancels expanded wide if the following commands specify expanded wide.  
• Double wide specifying command (SO)  
• Set/cancel double wide (ESC W)  
• Set/cancel double wide/high (ESC i)  
This command is equivalent to ESC W 0.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-14  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC SO  
[Name] Set double high  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
1B  
SO  
0E  
14  
Decimal  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Double high expansion cancelled.  
Double high expansion cancelled.  
Double high expansion cancelled.  
Validation  
[Function]  
Specifies double high for ANK characters and Kanji characters.  
This command is equivalent to ESC h 1.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
ESC DC4  
[Name] Cancel expanded high  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC DC4  
1B  
27  
14  
20  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Double high expansion cancelled.  
Double high expansion cancelled.  
Double high expansion cancelled.  
Validation  
Cancels expanded high if the following commands specify expanded high.  
• Double high specifying command (ESC SO)  
• Set/cancel the double high (ESC h)  
• Set/cancel double wide/high (ESC i)  
This command is equivalent to ESC h 0.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-15  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-3) Print mode  
ESC E  
[Name] Select emphasized printing  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
E
1B 45  
27 69  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Emphasized printing cancelled.  
Emphasized printing cancelled.  
Emphasized printing cancelled.  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies emphasized printing for ANK characters.  
IBM block ignores emphasized printing.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Specifies emphasized printing for subsequent data.  
When in emphasized printing, data is printed in two passes.  
This command is valid for ANK and Kanji characters (Kanji).  
(* 2-pass Japanese characters are printed with four passes; 4-pass Japanese characters are  
printed  
with 8 passes.)  
When page mode is selected, the emphasized printing specification is in page units.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-16  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC F  
[Name] Cancel emphasized printing  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
F
1B 46  
27 70  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Emphasized printing cancelled.  
Emphasized printing cancelled.  
Emphasized printing cancelled.  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Cancels emphasized printing for ANK characters.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Cancels emphasized printing for subsequent data.  
When page mode is selected, the emphasized printing cancel specification is in page units.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-17  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC – n  
[Name] Specify/cancel underling mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
-
n
n
n
1B 2D  
27 45  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
n = 0 (Underline cancelled)  
n = 0 (Underline cancelled)  
n = 0 (Underline cancelled)  
Validation  
Specifies/cancels underline according to n value.  
n
Underline  
Cancels underline  
0, 48  
1, 49  
Specifies underline  
Underlines are not applied to horizontal tabs and to specified horizontal direction positions.  
This command is valid for ANK characters and Japanese characters and is invalid for IBM blocks.  
Underlines are valid for white/black inversion.  
<Thermal>  
Underlines are composed of 2 dot lines.  
When character expansion is specified, underlines are also expanded (when in double-high expan-  
sion, underlines are composed of four dots.)  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Underlines are applied to the 9th dot of the character.  
When double-wide expanded characters have been specified, the underline is also expanded, but if  
double-tall expanded characters have been selected, the underline does not expand in the vertical  
direction. It remains a one-dot line.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-18  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC _ n  
[Name] Specify/cancel upperline  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
_
n
n
n
1B 5F  
27 95  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
n = 0 (Upperline cancelled)  
n = 0 (Upperline cancelled)  
n = 0 (Upperline cancelled)  
Validation  
Specifies/cancels upperline according to n value.  
n
Upperline  
Cancels upperline  
0, 48  
1, 49  
Specifies upperline  
Upperlines are not applied to horizontal tabs and to specified horizontal direction positions.  
This command is valid for ANK characters and Japanese characters and is invalid for IBM blocks.  
Upperlines are valid for white/black inversion.  
<Thermal>  
Upperlines are composed of 2 dot lines.  
When character expansion is specified, upperlines are also expanded (when in double-high expan-  
sion, upperlines are composed of four dots.)  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Upperlines are applied to the 1st dot of the character.  
When double-wide expanded characters have been specified, the upperline is also expanded, but if  
double-tall expanded characters have been selected, the upperline does not expand in the vertical  
direction. It remains a one-dot line.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-19  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC 4  
[Name] (Thermal) Specify black/white inversion/(Slip) specify black/white inversion, red/black color (substitute function)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
4
1B 34  
27 52  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
White/black inversion cancelled  
White/black inversion cancelled/black color printing specified  
White/black inversion cancelled/black color printing specified  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies white/black inversion for ANK characters and Kanji characters.  
IBM block ignores white/black inversion.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
This command function is based on the selection of red/black substitute function.  
The red/black substitute function is selected by the memory switch or the command ESC GS 4 m n.  
For details on selecting the red/black substitute function using a command, see the explanation of  
ESC GS 4 below, and for details on selecting the red/black substitute function using the memory  
switch, see the printer specifications manual.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
ESC 5  
[Name] (Thermal) Cancel black/white inversion/(Slip) cancel black/white inversion, red/black color (substitute function)  
[Code] ASCII ESC  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
5
1B 35  
27 53  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
White/black inversion cancelled  
White/black inversion cancelled/black color printing specified  
White/black inversion cancelled/black color printing specified  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Cancels white/black inversion for ANK characters and Kanji characters.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
This command function is based on the selection of red/black substitute function.  
The red/black substitute function is selected by the memory switch or the command ESC GS 4 m n.  
For details on selecting the red/black substitute function using a command, see the explanation of  
ESC GS 4 below, and for details on selecting the red/black substitute function using the memory  
switch, see the printer specifications manual.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-20  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS 4 m n  
[Name] Select red/black substitute function [ESC 4/5 setting]  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
4
m
m
m
n
n
n
1D 34  
29 52  
Decimal  
27  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
-
Slip  
m = 1, 2, 49, 50  
When m = 1, 49 (“1”)  
When m = 2, 50 (“2”)  
:n = 0 to 3, 255  
:n = 0, 2 to 5  
:n = 0, 1  
When m = 83 (“S”)  
m = 1, 2, 49, 50  
Validation  
:
When m = 1, 49 (“1”)  
When m = 2, 50 (“2”)  
:n = 0 to 3, 255  
:n = 0, 2 to 5  
:n = 0, 1  
When m = 83 (“S”)  
-
[Initial Value]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
Memory switch setting  
Memory switch setting  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to slip or validation.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Selects red/black substitute function  
Selects characters targeted for adornment with m = 1 (ANK) or m = 2 (Japanese characters), and  
selects the ESC 4/ESC 5 command functions with n.  
Sets the handling of adornment to space characters (ASCII 20Hex) with m = 83.  
This command is enabled only when in a state where adornment is cancelled by ESC 4 (when ESC  
5 was specified).  
• When m = 1, 48 Targeted characters = ANK  
m
n
0
ESC 4/ESC 5 command functions (ANK)  
White/black inverted printing (1 Pass)  
1, 49  
1, 49  
1, 49  
1, 49  
1, 49  
1
<Option 1> White/black inversion (5 x 9 font print) + enhancing (2 passes)  
<Option 2> Upper line + Underline + enhancing (2 passes)  
<Option 3> Upper line + Underline + double tall expanded + enhancing (4 passes)  
No adornment  
2
3
255  
• When m = 2, 50 Targeted characters = Japanese Characters  
m
n
0
2
3
4
5
ESC 4/ESC 5 command functions (Japanese characters)  
2, 50  
2, 50  
2, 50  
2, 50  
2, 50  
No adornment  
<Option 2> Upper line + Underline + enhancing (4 passes)  
<Option 3> Upper line + Underline + double tall expanded + enhancing (4 passes)  
<Option 4> White/Black Inverted + Double-Tall (2 passes)  
<Option 5> White/Black Inverted + 4 X Expanded (2 passes)  
When using ESC 5 to cancel adornments, it returns to the previously set adornments. (Adornments  
such as underline, upper line, double-tall expanded and enhancing are cancelled if there is no com-  
mand to set them (for example the ESC - -1 specification for underlines).  
3-21  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
Precautions for selecting <Option 1>  
1. Prints white/black inverted characters using 5 x 9 fonts regardless of the current font size setting.  
2. Inserts a one dot string of black printing to the head of the white/black inverted characters.  
3. Printing data created on a conventional red/black printer, using 1 and 2 above, there are cases in which the print-  
ing position will shift to the right and a line of printable characters reduced.  
4. Download registered characters defined with 5 x 9 fonts are printed regardless of the current font setting (7 x 9/5  
x 9).  
5. Must not set “ANK default dot count = Narrow” with the memory switch. (This will cause a white line to appear  
between characters.)  
Precautions for selecting <Option 2> and <Option 3>  
1. Do not apply an upper line or an underline when rotating 90 or 270 degrees.  
• When m = 83 Red/black adornment of ANK space characters (20H).  
m
83  
83  
n
0
1
Red adornment of ANK space characters (20H).  
Adorn  
Do not adorn  
This parameter specifies whether to adorn red/black for ANK space characters in red printing mode (black/white in-  
verted).  
The ANK space characters are limited to ASCII code 20H in this setting.  
In the character code table, if 7FHex is a space character, 7FHex is a target for this setting.  
The following is an example of each setting.  
It is possible to avoid unnecessary adornment in printing patterns that provide spacing of printing positions with ANK  
space characters (20H) when red is specified.  
(Print Example)  
Print Data: <ESC> “4” “TOTAL” 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H 20H “$1234” <LF>  
<Condition 1> ANK adornment = “black/white inverted printing,” ANK space characters = “red/black adornment”  
TOTAL  
<Condition 2> ANK adornment = “black/white inverted printing,” ANK space characters = “no red/black adornment”  
TOTAL $1234  
$1234  
3-22  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
SI  
[Name] Select upside-down printing  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal 0F  
Decimal 15  
SI  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
Slip  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Upside-down printing cancelled  
Upside-down printing cancelled  
Upside-down printing cancelled  
Validation  
Specifies upside-down printing  
This command is enabled only when at the top of the line.  
Upside down and right-side up characters cannot both exist in the same line.  
This command is enabled for following.  
• ANK characters  
• Kanji characters  
• Bit images  
• Logos  
• Bar codes  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
When page mode is selected, only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to line mode.  
(Note) The settings by this command are valid for all stations.  
DC2  
[Name] Cancel upside-down printing  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
DC2  
12  
18  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Upside-down printing cancelled  
Upside-down printing cancelled  
Upside-down printing cancelled  
Validation  
Cancels upside-down printing  
This command is enabled only when at the top of the line.  
(Note) The settings by this command are valid for all stations.  
3-23  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC RS i n  
[Name] Specify/cancel character rotated mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
RS  
1E  
i
n
n
n
69  
27  
30 105  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
0 n 2, 48 n 50, (“0” n “2”)  
0 n 2, 48 n 50, (“0” n “2”)  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Character rotation cancelled (n = 0)  
Character rotation cancelled (n = 0)  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to slip or validation.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Specifies direction to rotate print (clockwise) or to cancel rotation for subsequent data, according to  
the n value.  
n
Set rotation  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
Cancelled (0° rotation)  
270° rotation  
90° rotation  
Rotated characters cannot be applied with underlines or upperlines.  
The relationship between double-tall and double-wide is reverse to when cancelled when rotating.  
When in Kanji character mode, rotation is effective for both ANK characters and Japanese charac-  
ters.  
Kanji character spacing is always applied with the two-byte Kanji character spacing value.  
In standard specifications, rotation of IBM block is changed to vertical 8 dot fonts.  
The following are precautions for 7 x 9 font character font specification.  
• Characters are printed with 5 x 9 fonts (2P=1).  
• Download characters registered with 5 x 9 fonts are printed.  
• When rotation is cancelled, the characters return to 7 x 9 fonts. (When there is not 5 x 9 specifica-  
tion while rotation is specified.)  
When page mode is selected, only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to line mode.  
3-24  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-4) Line Spacing  
LF  
[Name] Line feed  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal 0A  
Decimal 10  
LF  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
Slip  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Memory switch setting  
1/6 inch line feed  
1/6 inch line feed  
Validation  
[Function]  
Feeds the currently specified amount of paper.  
If print data exists in the line buffer, it prints that data.  
<Thermal>  
Initial value of line feed amount is set by the memory switch.  
CR  
[Name] Carriage return (Print line feed)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
CR  
0D  
13  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Memory switch setting  
Memory switch setting  
Memory switch setting  
Validation  
Specifies the function according to the memory switch value.  
See each printer’s product specifications manual for details on the memory switch settings.  
<Thermal>  
Memory SW  
Condition (1)  
Condition (2)  
Function  
Ignored  
Same as the LF code.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Memory SW  
Function  
Condition (1)  
Condition (2)  
Condition (3)  
Ignored  
Same as the LF code.  
Executes only printing, with no paper feed.  
3-25  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC a n  
[Name] Feed paper n lines  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
a
1B 61  
27 97  
n
n
n
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 n 127  
1 n 127  
1 n 127  
Memory switch setting  
1/6 inch  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
1/6 inch  
Executes paper feed of (currently specified line feed amount x n).  
If print data exists in the line buffer, it prints that data.  
This paper feed amount is unaffected even if there are vertical expanded characters in one line.  
3-26  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC z n  
[Name] Select line feed amount  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
z
7A  
n
n
n
27  
122  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
n = 1, 49  
n = 0, 1, n = 48, 49  
n = 0, 1, n = 48, 49  
Memory switch setting  
1/6 inch  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
1/6 inch  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies the line feed amount.  
n
Amount of Line Feed  
1, 49  
Specifies 4 mm line feed amount  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Specifies the line feed amount.  
n
Amount of Line Feed  
Specifies 1/12 inch line feed amount  
Specifies 1/6 inch line feed amount  
0, 48  
1, 49  
Line feed amounts can be set independently for both line mode and page mode.  
ESC 0  
[Name] (Thermal) Specify 3 mm line feed amount/(Slip) specify 1/8 line feed amount  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
0
1B 30  
27 48  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Memory switch setting  
1/6 inch  
Validation  
1/6 inch  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies the line feed amount to 3 mm.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Specifies the line feed amount to 1/8 inch.  
Line feed amounts can be set independently for both line mode and page mode.  
3-27  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC 1  
[Name] (Thermal) Specify 3 mm line feed amount/(Slip) specify 7/72 inch line feed amount  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1
1B 31  
27 49  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Memory switch setting  
1/6 inch  
Validation  
1/6 inch  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies the line feed amount to 3 mm.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Specifies the line feed amount to 7/72 in.  
Line feed amounts can be set independently for both line mode and page mode.  
ESC J n  
[Name] (Thermal) n/4 mm line feed/(Slip) execute n/72 line feed one time  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
J
n
n
n
1B 4A  
27 74  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 n 255  
1 n 255  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
1 n 255  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
-
-
-
Validation  
Execute paper feed.  
If print data exists in the line buffer, it prints that data.  
This paper feed amount is unaffected even if there are vertical expanded characters in one line.  
The single line feed amount setting value is not changed by this command.  
<Thermal>  
Executes a n/4mm paper feed.  
Using this command will intermittently feed paper, therefore, it is normally recommended that this  
command not be used.  
(Currently set line feed amount –n/4 mm) portion is not printed.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Executes a n/72 in paper feed.  
3-28  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC j n  
[Name] Reverse paper feed  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
j
6A  
n
n
n
27  
106  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
Slip  
0 n 255  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
0 n 255  
[Initial Value]  
-
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Three bytes ignored  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Executes a n/72 in reverse direction paper feed.  
If print data exists in the line buffer, it prints that data.  
This paper feed amount is unaffected even if there are vertical expanded characters in one line.  
The single line feed amount setting value is not changed by this command.  
ESC I n  
[Name] Executes (thermal) n/8 mm line feed/(slip) n/144 line feed one time.  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
I
n
n
n
1B 49  
27 73  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
1 n 255  
1 n 255  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
1 n 255  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
-
-
Validation  
:
-
Executes paper feed.  
If print data exists in the line buffer, it prints that data.  
This paper feed amount is unaffected even if there are vertical expanded characters in one line.  
The single line feed amount setting value is not changed by this command.  
<Thermal>  
Executes a n/8 mm paper feed.  
Using this command will intermittently feed paper, therefore, it is normally recommended that this  
command not be used.  
(Currently set line feed amount –n/8mm) portion is not printed.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Executes a n/144 in paper feed.  
3-29  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC A n  
[Name] Defines (thermal) a 3 mm/4 mm line feed amount/Defines (slip) n/72 inch pitch line feed  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
A
n
n
n
1B 41  
27 65  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 255  
0 n 85  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
0 n 85  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
-
-
-
Validation  
Defines the line feed amount.  
The line feed amount defined using this command is specified to the current line feed amount by the  
ESC 2 command.  
<Thermal>  
n
Amount of Line Feed  
Defines a 3 mm line feed amount  
0 n 9  
10 n  
Defines a 4 mm line feed amount  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Defines line feed amount for one line as n/72 inch.  
Line feed amounts can be set independently for both line mode and page mode.  
ESC 2  
[Name] Specify line feed amount (ESC A n)  
[Code] ASCII ESC  
Hexadecimal  
2
1B 32  
27 50  
Decimal  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
Slip  
-
Validation  
-
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
Memory switch setting  
1/6 inch line feed  
1/6 inch line feed  
Validation  
Specifies the line feed amount to the value defined by ESC A n.  
3-30  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC 3 n  
[Name] Specify n/216 inch paper feed  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
3
n
n
n
1B 33  
27 51  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
0 n 255  
0 n 255  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
1/6 inch line feed  
1/6 inch line feed  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Three bytes ignored  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Sets subsequent line feed amounts to a value approximate to n/216 inch.  
Because the minimum pitch for the paper feed mechanism is 1/144 of an inch, the setting value will  
be approximated according to the following equation.  
INT (n x 2/3 + 0.5)/144 of an inch  
Line feed amounts can be set independently for both line mode and page mode.  
ESC y n  
[Name] Specify n/144 inch paper feed  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
y
79  
n
n
n
27  
121  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
0 n 255  
0 n 255  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
1/6 inch line feed  
1/6 inch line feed  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Three bytes ignored  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Sets subsequent line feed amounts to a n/144 inch.  
Line feed amounts can be set independently for both line mode and page mode.  
3-31  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-5) Page Control Commands  
FF  
[Name] Form feed  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal 0C  
Decimal 12  
FF  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Slip  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Executes a form feed.  
If the current position is at the top of the page, it form feeds to the top of the next page.  
If there is data existing in the line buffer when executing a form feed, it prints that data, then ex-  
ecutes the form feed.  
However, by printing data remaining in the buffer, and moving to the top of the next page, a form  
feed is considered to have been executed, so form feed is not performed.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Refer to the “Page Mode Command Details.”  
3-32  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC C n  
[Name] Set page length to n lines  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
C
n
n
n
1B 43  
27 67  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 n 127  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
(Form feed amount initial value x 42)  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
The position whereat this command is processed is considered the top of the page and sets the  
page length to (current form feed amount x n).  
This command cancels the bottom margin setting when setting page length.  
The page length set using this command is unaffected by changing the form feed amount later.  
Moving to the top of the page is performed using the following commands.  
• Form feed command (FF):  
Execute form feed  
• Cutter command (ESC d n): Sets cutter position at top of page.  
• Raster command (ESC * r B):Top of page when raster mode ends.  
• Error cancel operations:  
Sets error cancel operation end position at the top of the page.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-33  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC C 0 n  
[Name] Set n x 24 mm page length  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
1B 43 00  
27 67  
C
0
n
n
n
Decimal  
0
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 n 22  
Slip  
-
-
Validation  
[Initial Value]  
Thermal  
Slip  
(Form feed amount initial value x 42)  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
The position whereat this command is processed is considered the top of the page and sets the  
page length to (n x 24 mm).  
This command cancels the bottom margin setting when setting page length.  
The page length set using this command is unaffected by changing the form feed amount later.  
Moving to the top of the page is performed using the following commands.  
• Form feed command (FF):  
Execute form feed  
• Cutter command (ESC d n): Sets cutter position at top of page.  
• Raster command (ESC * r B):Top of page when raster mode ends.  
• Error cancel operations:  
Sets error cancel operation end position at the top of the page.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-34  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
VT  
[Name] Feed paper to vertical tab position  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal 0B  
Decimal 11  
VT  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Slip  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Feeds paper to the next vertical tab position.  
This command is ignored if there are no tabs set.  
If a vertical tab is set, and the current position is the same as the vertical tab position, or if it is below  
that position, it feeds paper to the top of the next page.  
If data exists in the line buffer when feeing paper to the vertical tab position, it executes the paper  
feed to the vertical tab position after printing that data.  
However, if moved to the vertical tab position by printing data remaining in the buffer, the move to  
the vertical tab position is considered to have been executed, so a move to the next vertical tab posi-  
tion is not performed.  
There is no initial value for the vertical tab.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
One byte ignored  
3-35  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC B n1 n2 … nk NUL  
[Name] Set vertical tab position  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
B
n1 n2  
.. nk NUL  
1B 42 n1 n2  
27 66 n1 n2  
.. nk  
.. nk  
00  
0
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 n 255, 0 n 16  
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets the vertical tab to the (current form feed amount x n) position.  
All other vertical tabs set before setting the vertical tab using this command are cancelled.  
A maximum of 16 vertical tabs can be set. However, the tab position must satisfy the condition of 1 ≤  
n1 n2 ... nk.  
When receiving such an illegal code, tabs up to the illegal code are set, but those after the illegal  
code are discarded up to the NUL code so illegal code tab are not set.  
The vertical tab set using this command is unaffected by changing the form feed amount later.  
Vertical tabs set using the ESC B NUL command are cleared.  
There is no initial value for the vertical tab.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
ESC B NUL  
[Name] Clear vertical tab position  
[Code] ASCII ESC  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
B
NUL  
00  
0
1B 42  
27 66  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Clears the currently set vertical tab.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-36  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-6) Horizontal Direction Printing Position  
ESC l n  
[Name] Set left margin  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
l
6C  
n
n
n
27  
108  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 255  
Slip  
0 n (right margin -2) 255  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
0 n (right margin -2) 255  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
n = 0  
n = 0  
n = 0  
Validation  
Uses the left edge as a standard to set the left margin (current ANK character pitch x n).  
Setting this command partway will take affect from the next line.  
Character spacing is included in the character pitch but is unaffected by expansion settings.  
The left margin set using this command is unaffected by changing the character pitch.  
<Thermal>  
The right edge is also the reference for upside-down printing.  
This command is ignored if settings are for a printing region less than 36 mm.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
The left edge is also the reference for upside-down printing.  
The left margin must be at least a minimum of 18 dots therebetween with the right margin. (*1)  
If the printable region as set by the left and right margins is smaller than one character, including  
the space between characters, printing is not possible. A question mark (?) is printed instead of the  
character.  
(*1) More than four characters of 7 x 9 fonts; more than three characters of 5 x 9 fonts (2P=1)  
(when character spacing = 0)  
When page mode is selected, only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to line mode.  
Printable Region  
Left Margin  
㩷 㩷  
Print Region  
Right Margin  
3-37  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC Q n  
[Name] Set right margin  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
Q
n
n
n
1B 51  
27 81  
Decimal  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 255  
2 n maximum printable digits 255  
2 n maximum printable digits 255  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Maximum printable digits  
Maximum printable digits  
Validation  
[Function]  
Uses the left edge as a standard to set the print region as (current ANK character pitch x n).  
Setting this command partway will take affect from the next line.  
Character spacing is included in the character pitch but is unaffected by expansion settings.  
The left margin set using this command is unaffected by changing the character pitch.  
<Thermal>  
The right edge is also the reference for upside-down printing.  
This command is ignored if settings are for a printing region less than 36 mm.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
The left edge is also the reference for upside-down printing.  
The print region within the defined range must be at least a minimum of 18 dots for the right margin.  
If the printable region as set by the left and right margins is smaller than one character, including  
the space between characters, printing is not possible. A question mark (?) is printed instead of the  
character.  
(*1)  
More than four characters of 7 x 9 fonts; more than three characters of 5 x 9 fonts (2P=1)  
(when character spacing = 0)  
When page mode is selected, only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to line mode.  
Printable Region  
Left Margin  
Print Region  
Right Margin  
3-38  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
HT  
[Name] Move horizontal tab  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal 09  
Decimal  
HT  
9
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Move print position to next horizontal tab position.  
The current position moves to the next tab position when at the horizontal tab position.  
This command is ignored with under the following conditions.  
• When there is no horizontal tab set.  
• When the current position is the same as the furthest right horizontal tab position or to the right of it.  
There is no initial value for the horizontal tab.  
In the underline/upperline modes, underlines and upperlines are not printed in the spaces created by  
a horizontal tab.  
ESC D n1 n2 … nk NUL  
[Name] Set horizontal tab  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
D
n1 n2  
.. nk NUL  
1B 44 n1 n2  
27 68 n1 n2  
.. nk  
.. nk  
00  
0
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 n 255, 0 n 32  
1 n 255, 0 n 32  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
1 n 255, 0 n 32  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
-
-
-
Validation  
Uses the left edge as a standard to set the horizontal tab to the position of (current ANK character  
pitch x n).  
The horizontal tab reference point is the right edge of the paper, regardless of the left margin.  
ANK character pitches, including right spaces, are unaffected by expansion settings.  
The right edge is also the reference for upside-down printing.  
All other horizontal tabs set before setting the horizontal tab using this command are cancelled  
A maximum of 32 horizontal tabs can be set.  
However, the tab position must satisfy the following conditions.  
If the following conditions are not met, data up to the NUL code is discarded.  
Normal tabs that meet the conditions below are set and tabs after errors occur are not set.  
• 1 < n1 < n2 … < nk  
The horizontal tab set using this command is unaffected by changing the character pitch.  
Horizontal tabs set using the ESC D NUL command are cleared.  
There is no initial value for the horizontal tab.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-39  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC D NUL  
[Name] Clear horizontal tab  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
D
NUL  
00  
0
1B 44  
27 68  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Clears the currently set horizontal tab.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
ESC GS A n1 n2  
[Name] Move absolute position  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
A
n1 n2  
1D 41 n1 n2  
29 65 n1 n2  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n1 255, 0 n2 255  
0 n1 255, 0 n2 255  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
0 n1 255, 0 n2 255  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
-
-
-
Validation  
Moves the printing position from the left margin to the (n1 + n2 x 256) dot position.  
This command is ignored if the print region is exceeded.  
The right margin is also the reference for upside-down printing.  
<Thermal>  
The left margin is also the reference for upside-down printing.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
The right margin is also the reference for upside-down printing.  
3-40  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS R n1 n2  
[Name] Move relative position  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
R
n1 n2  
1D 52 n1 n2  
29 82 n1 n2  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n1 255, 0 n2 255  
Slip  
0 n1 255, 0 n2 255  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
0 n1 255, 0 n2 255  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
-
-
-
Validation  
Moves the printing position from the current position to the (n1 + n2 x 256) dot position.  
This command is ignored if the print region is exceeded.  
When (n1 + n2 x 256) 32768, it moves {65536 – (n1 + n2 x 256)} dots in the left direction.  
When (n1 + n2 x 256) < 32768, it moves (n1 + n2 x 256)} dots in the right direction.  
The right margin is also the reference for upside-down printing.  
<Thermal>  
The left margin is also the reference for upside-down printing.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
The right margin is also the reference for upside-down printing.  
3-41  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS a n  
[Name] Specify position alignment  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC GS  
a
n
n
n
1B  
27  
1D 61  
29 97  
Decimal  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 2, 48 n 50, (“0” n “2”)  
Slip  
0 n 2, 48 n 50, (“0” n “2”)  
Validation  
0 n 2, 48 n 50, (“0” n “2”)  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
n = 0  
n = 0  
n = 0  
Validation  
This specifies position alignment for all print data in one line, in the set print region.  
n
Position alignment  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
Left alignment  
Center alignment  
Right alignment  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
When page mode is selected, only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to line mode.  
(Note) The settings by this command are valid for all stations.  
ABC  
ABCD  
<ESC><GS>a 0  
ABCDE  
ABC  
<ESC><GS>a” 1  
ABCD  
ABCDE  
ABC  
ABCD  
<ESC><GS>a 2  
ABCDE  
3-42  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-7) Download  
ESC & c1 c2 n d1 . . . d48  
[Name] Register 12 x 24 dot font download characters  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
&
c1 c2  
n
n
n
d1  
d1  
d1  
..  
..  
..  
d48  
d48  
d48  
1B 26 c1 c2  
27 38 c1 c2  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
c1 = 1, 49, c2 = 1, 49, 32 n 127, 0 d 255  
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Registers 12 x 24 dot font download characters to the nth address.  
Download characters can be registered to <20>H to <7F>H. (96 characters can be registered for  
each font.)  
Those already registered to these addresses are overwritten.  
When parameters c1 and c2 and n are outside of the defined area, subsequent data is handled as  
normal data.  
Horizontal  
12 dot  
d1  
d3  
d5  
d7  
d2  
d4  
d6  
d8  
d9  
d10  
d12  
d14  
d16  
d18  
d20  
d22  
d24  
d26  
d28  
d30  
d32  
d34  
d36  
d38  
d40  
d42  
d44  
d46  
d48  
d11  
d13  
d15  
d17  
d19  
d21  
d23  
d25  
d27  
d29  
d31  
d33  
d35  
d37  
d39  
d41  
d43  
d45  
d47  
Vertical  
24 dot  
bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0  
bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0  
● : Font data  
○ : Invalid data  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only registration is possible.  
Registration data is printable after switching to thermal.  
3-43  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC & c1 c2 n  
[Name] Delete 12 x 24 dot font download characters  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
&
c1 c2  
n
n
n
1B 26 c1 c2  
27 38 c1 c2  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
c1 = 1, 49, c2 = 0, 48, 32 n 127  
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Deletes 12 x 24 dot font download characters registered to the nth address.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Deleting is possible.  
3-44  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC & NUL n1 n2 [m d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 (d6 d7)] n2 - n1 + 1  
[Name] Register download characters  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
&
NUL n1 n2 [m d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 (d6 d7)] n2 - n1 + 1  
00 n1 n2 [m d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 (d6 d7)] n2 - n1 + 1  
1B 26  
27 38  
0
n1 n2 [m d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 (d6 d7)] n2 - n1 + 1  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
33 n1 n2 127 (21h n1 n2 7Fh), m = 0, 128 (00h, 80h), 0 d1 to d7 255  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
33 n1 n2 127 (21h n1 n2 7Fh), m = 0, 128 (00h, 80h), 0 d1 to d7 255  
[Initial Value]  
-
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Only registration is possible.  
Registration data is printable after switching to slip or validation.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Registers download characters to the specified character code.  
A maximum of 22 download characters can be registered for 7 x 9 and 5 x 9 fonts.  
The range of the location to write download characters is specified by n1 and n2. (When there is one  
character to register, n1 = n2.)  
If one has been already registered to an address, it is overwritten.  
This command registers download characters independent to each font.  
m indicates the relationship of the character pattern and the print head (see figure below).  
Definition data (d1 to d7) set the bits that correspond to the dots to print to “1,” and the bits that cor-  
respond to the dots that are not printed to “0.”  
Even if ESC @ (command initialization) is executed, the registered download character is not  
cleared.  
Registered data is shared by slip and validation.  
Relationship of character pattern data and print head.  
Upper  
Lower  
D1  
1. When m = 0 (00h)  
D3  
D8 D7  
D6 D5  
D4  
D2  
Pin No  
(Not Used)  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Upper  
D8 D7  
Lower  
D1  
D3  
D6 D5  
D4  
D2  
2. When m = 128 (80h)  
Pin No  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
(Not Used)  
(Note) • When registering 7 x 9 fonts, dots adjacent in the horizontal direction do not print.  
•When character rotation is specified, 7 x 9 font registered characters cannot be  
printed. 5 x 9 font characters are always printed.  
3-45  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
[Ex.:] When selecting 7 x 9 fonts, and defining the character to 21H:  
7 dot  
㪤㪪㪙㩷  
d4  
d5  
d7  
d1 d2 d3  
d6  
㪣㪪㪙㩷  
ESC & NUL n1 n2 m d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7  
Code (Hexadecimal) 1B 26 00 21 21 80 3E 40 88 00 88 40 3E  
(1 when printing corresponding bits, and 0 for no print))  
[Ex.:] When selecting 5 x 9 fonts, and defining the character to 21H:  
5 dot  
MSB㩷  
d1㩷  
d2㩷  
d3㩷  
d4㩷  
d5㩷  
LSB㩷  
ESC & NUL n1 n2 m d1 d2 d3 d4 d5  
Code (Hexadecimal) 1B 26 00 21 21 00 38 45 45 45 7E  
(1 when printing corresponding bits, and 0 for no print))  
3-46  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC % N  
[Name] Specify/cancel ANK download characters  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
%
n
n
n
1B 25  
27 37  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
[Initial Value]  
Cancel ANK download character  
Cancel ANK download character  
Cancel ANK download character  
Validation  
[Function]  
n
Specifies/cancels ANK download characters  
Download characters  
0, 48  
Cancel ANK download characters  
Specify ANK download characters  
1, 49  
<Print example of download characters>  
1. Registration of ANK download character (ESC & c1 c2 n d1…d48)  
2. Specify ANK download characters (ESC % n (n = 1))  
3. Print ANK download characters  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-47  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-8) Bit Image Graphics  
ESC K n1 n2 d1 … dk  
[Name] Standard density bit image  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
K
n1 n2 d1  
.. dk  
.. dk  
.. dk  
1B 4B n1 n2 d1  
27 75 n1 n2 d1  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
1 {(n1 + n2 x 256) x 3} printable region  
k = (n1 + n2 x 256)  
0 d 255  
Slip  
:
1 (n1 + n2 x 256) printable region (total dot count)  
k = (n1 + n2 x 256)  
0 d 255  
Validation  
:
1 (n1 + n2 x 256) printable region (total dot count)  
k = (n1 + n2 x 256)  
0 d 255  
[Initial Value]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
-
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Prints bit images using 3 dots wide and 3 dots high per 1 dot of input data.  
The following shows the details of data processing with this command.  
• When {(n1 + n2 x 256) x 3} exceeds the printable region, only the data in the printing region is  
printed.  
• When {(n1 + n2 x 256) x 3} exceeds the currently set printable region, only the data in the printing  
region is printed.  
At this time, all data for the print region is discarded.  
• If the current position already exceeds the print region, this command discards all data.  
b3 b2  
b1 b0  
b7 b6 b5 b4  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
䊶 䊶 䊶  
3-48  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
This command prints bit images with only the data count determined by n1.  
The amount of data that can be printed in one line is limited to the total dot count. Data that exceeds  
the total dot count or the right margin is ignored.  
See each printer’s product specifications manual for details regarding the total dot count.  
After printing the bit image, the printer automatically returns to the character mode.  
The following drawing shows the relationship of the print head needle wires and the data.  
Upper  
b8 b7  
Lower  
b1  
b3  
b6  
b5  
b4  
b2  
Pin No  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
(Not Used)  
3-49  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC L n1 n2 d1 … dk  
[Name] High density bit image  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
L
n1 n2 d1  
.. dk  
.. dk  
.. dk  
1B 4C n1 n2 d1  
27 76 n1 n2 d1  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
1 {(n1 + n2 x 256) printable region  
k = (n1 + n2 x 256)  
0 d 255  
Slip  
1 ≤ (n1 + n2 x 256) printable region (total half-dot count)  
k = (n1 + n2 x 256)  
0 d 255  
Validation  
1 (n1 + n2 x 256) printable region (total half-dot count)  
k = (n1 + n2 x 256)  
0 d 255  
[Initial Value]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
-
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Prints bit images using 1 dots wide and 3 dots high per 1 dot of input data.  
The following shows the details of data processing with this command.  
• When (n1 + n2 x 256) exceeds the printable region, only data in the print region is printed.  
• When (n1 + n2 x 256) exceeds the currently set printable region, only the data in the printing re-  
gion is printed.  
At this time, all data for the print region is discarded.  
• If the current position already exceeds the print region, this command discards all data.  
b3 b2  
b1 b0  
b7 b6 b5 b4  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
This command executes the bit image of a density doubled (half dot printing) for just the data count  
determined by n1 and n2.  
The amount of data that can be printed in one line is only the total half-dot count. Data that exceeds  
the total half-dot count or the right margin is ignored.  
See each printer’s product specifications manual for details regarding the total half-dot count.  
The relationship of the print head needle wires and the data is the same as ESC K (standard density  
bit image).  
When printing double-density bit images, dots adjacent in the horizontal direction do not print.  
After printing the bit image, the printer automatically returns to the character mode.  
When page mode is selected, all data is received and discarded.  
3-50  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC k n1 n2 d1 … dk  
[Name] Fine bit image  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
k
n1 n2 d1  
.. dk  
.. dk  
.. dk  
6B n1 n2 d1  
107 n1 n2 d1  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
n2 = 0  
1 {(n1 + n2 x 256) x 8} printable region  
k = {(n1 + n2 x 256) x 24}  
0 d 255  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Prints bit images using 1 dots wide and 1 dots high per 1 dot of input data.  
The following shows the details of data processing with this command.  
• When {(n1 + n2 x 256) x 8} exceeds the printable region, only the data in the printing region is  
printed.  
• When {(n1 + n2 x 256) x 8} exceeds the currently set printable region, only the data in the printing  
region is printed.  
At this time, all data for the print region is discarded.  
• If the current position already exceeds the print region, this command discards all data.  
x byte =(n1 + n2 x 256)  
d1  
d2  
dX  
dX x 1 + 1  
dX x 2 + 1  
dX x 1 + 2  
dX x 2 + 2  
dX x 2  
dX x 3  
24 dot  
dX x 24  
dX x 23 + 1  
dX x 23 + 2  
bit1  
bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2  
bit0  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
All data received and discarded.  
3-51  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC X n1 n2 d1 … dk  
[Name] Fine density bit image (Wire-dot, 24 pin compatible)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
X
n1 n2 d1  
.. dk  
.. dk  
.. dk  
1B 58 n1 n2 d1  
27 88 n1 n2 d1  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
1 (n1 + n2 x 256) printable region  
k = {(n1 + n2 x 256) x 3}  
0 d 255  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Prints input bit images with 8 dots/mm resolution for both horizontal and vertical.  
The following shows the details of data processing with this command.  
• When {(n1 + n2 x 256) x 3} exceeds the printable region, only the data in the printing region is  
printed.  
• When {(n1 + n2 x 256) x 3} exceeds the currently set printable region, only the data in the printing  
region is printed.  
At this time, all data for the print region is discarded.  
• If the current position already exceeds the print region, this command discards all data.  
b7 b6  
b4 b3 b2 b1 b0  
b7 b6  
b4 b3 b2 b1 b0  
b7 b6  
b4 b3 b2 b1 b0  
b5  
b5  
b5  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
All data received and discarded.  
3-52  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC ^ m n1 n2 d1 d2 … dk  
[Name] 9 Dot bit image  
[Code]  
ASCII  
ESC  
^
m
m
m
n1 n2 d1 d2  
n1 n2 d1 d2  
n1 n2 d1 d2  
.. dk  
.. dk  
.. dk  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
1B 5E  
27 94  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
0 m 1 (“0” m “1”)  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
0 m 1 (“0” m “1”)  
[Initial Value]  
-
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
All data received and discarded.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
This command prints bit images with only the data count determined by n1, and n2 at standard or  
double density.  
Specify the horizontal print dot count (row) using n1 + n2 x 256 dots.  
• m = 0:  
Print standard density 9 dot bit images.  
The maximum number of dots in the horizontal direction is the total number of dots.  
Print double density 9 dot bit images.  
• m = 1:  
The maximum number of dots in the horizontal direction is the total number of half  
dots.  
Dots adjacent in the horizontal direction do not print.  
When page mode is selected, all data is received and discarded.  
(Note) • Data exceeding the maximum number of dots or the right margin is ignored.  
• Total number of dots and total number of half-dots follows the memory switch setting.  
(See the specifications manual)  
• If m is outside of the definition, data after n1 is processed as normal data.  
• When printing of the bit image is ended, the system returns to normal data processing.  
The following drawing shows the relationship of the print head needle wires and the data.  
dn: 1 to 8 pin data  
MSB  
b7  
LSB  
b0  
b2  
b6  
b5  
b4  
b3  
b1  
Pin No  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
b7  
b6 b5  
b4  
b3 b2  
b1  
b0  
MSB  
LSB  
dn + 1: 9 pin data  
3-53  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-9) Logo  
ESC FS q n [x11 x12 y11 y12 d1 … dk]1 … [xn1 xn2 yn1 yn2 d1 … dk] n  
[Name] Register logo  
ESC  
1B  
FS  
1C  
q
n
n
n
[x11 x12 y11 y12 d1 .. dk]1 .. [xn1  
[x11 x12 y11 y12 d1 .. dk]1 .. [xn1  
[x11 x12 y11 y12 d1 .. dk]1 .. [xn1  
xn2  
xn2  
xn2  
yn1 yn2 d1 .. dk]n  
yn1 yn2 d1 .. dk]n  
yn1 yn2 d1 .. dk]n  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
71  
27  
28 113  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
1 n 255  
0 xn1 255, 0 xn2 3 1 (xn1 + xn2 x 256) 1023  
0 yn1 255, 0 yn2 1 1 (yn1 + yn2 x 256) 288  
0 d 255  
k = {(xn1 + xn2 x 256) x (yn1 + yn2 x 256) x 8}  
Slip  
1 n 255  
0 xn1 255, 0 xn2 3 1 (xn1 + xn2 x 256) 1023  
0 yn1 255, 0 yn2 1 1 (yn1 + yn2 x 256) 288  
0 d 255  
k = {(xn1 + xn2 x 256) x (yn1 + yn2 x 256) x 8}  
Validation  
1 n 255  
0 xn1 255, 0 xn2 3 1 (xn1 + xn2 x 256) 1023  
0 yn1 255, 0 yn2 1 1 (yn1 + yn2 x 256) 288  
0 d 255  
k = {(xn1 + xn2 x 256) x (yn1 + yn2 x 256) x 8}  
No registration  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
No registration  
Validation  
No registration  
Register logo  
Parameter details  
• n:  
Specifies registered logo count  
• xn1, xn2:  
• yn1, yn2:  
• d:  
Horizontal size of registered logo {(xn1 + xn2 x 256) x 8} dots  
Vertical size of registered logo {(yn1 + yn2 x 256) x 8} dots  
Registered logo data  
• k:  
Logo data count  
This command should be specified at the top of the line.  
When the first parameter is determined to be free of error, the printer starts processing this com-  
mand.  
When logo register processing starts, all previously defined data is deleted.(It is not possible to re-  
register a portion of a plurality of defined logo data.)  
Logo registration numbers are defined in rising order from 1.  
If the defined area specified by the parameter is not empty, or if there is an error in the parameter  
specification, register processing is aborted.(The pre-registered and complete data is effective.)  
The printer should be reset if logo registration is completed or register processing is aborted.  
If an error occurs while performing register processing (the time from when the first parameter is OK  
until the printer initialization is completed after registering a logo), error processing, mechanical op-  
eration and status processing cannot be performed. Also, data must not be sent from the host during  
that time.  
This command is executed only for logo registration and does not accompany the printing operation.  
Logos are printed using the ESC FS p (print NV logo) command.  
The NV memory capacity is 4 Mbits (512 Kbytes 524,288 bytes).  
However, 4 Kbytes (4,096 bytes) are kept as parameter information separate to the data so the data  
region memory capacity is 520,192 Bytes.  
Ex.: When the registered data size per each one is 6 Kbytes (6,144 bytes), it is possible to register  
520,192/6144 = 84.  
3-54  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
(Note) Registration data shared by all stations, and modes.  
If this command is used frequently, there is the possibility of damaging the non-volatile  
memory. Write to the non-volatile memory less than 10 times in one day.  
Relationship of logo and registered data  
xn = xn1 + xn2 x 256, yn = yn1 + yn2 x 256  
{ (xn 1 + xn2 x 256) x 8 } dot  
Data  
MSB  
d(n1)  
d(n2)  
d(11)  
d(12)  
d(21)  
d(22)  
(yn1 + yn2 x 256) bite  
(yn1 + yn2 x 256) x 8 dot  
LSB  
d(x1)  
d(x2)  
d(xn)  
3-55  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC FS p n m  
[Name] Print logo  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC FS  
1B 1C  
27 28  
p
70  
n
n
n
m
m
m
Decimal  
112  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
1 n 255  
0 m 3, 48 m 51, (“0” m “3”)  
Slip  
1 n 255  
0 m 3, 48 m 51, (“0” m “3”)  
Validation  
1 n 255  
0 m 3, 48 m 51, (“0” m “3”)  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
-
-
-
Validation  
Prints the logo of registration number n registered using the logo registration command ESC FS q  
according to the print mode m.  
n: Logo Specification  
n
Function  
1 to 255  
Specified logo number  
m: Print Mode  
m
Logo Print Mode  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
Normal mode  
Horizontal double size mode  
Vertical double size mode  
Double high/wide mode  
• If the parameter is within the defined region, execute this command after printing the unprinted data  
in the line buffer.  
(Unprinted data is printed regardless of whether the specified logo was registered by n.) )  
• It is not possible to print with other data in the same line (characters, bit images, bar codes).  
• Form feed obeys the vertical print size of the logo.  
• Print modes, excluding upside-down printing (enhanced, double, underline, character size, black/  
white inverted, and 90˚ right rotation) are unaffected.  
• If the logo horizontal print size exceeds the horizontal print region, the portion exceeding the area is  
not printed.  
• When page mode is selected, supports only vertical double high, and horizontal double wide  
modes.  
• Logos are printed according to the following command settings.  
• Left margin (ESC I n)  
• Right margin (ESC Q n)  
• Position alignment (ESC GS a n)  
• Absolute position movement (ESC GS A n1 n2)  
• Relative position movement (ESC GS R n1 n2)  
• Horizontal tab (HT)  
• Upside-down printing (SI)  
3-56  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC RS L m  
[Name] Logo batch control  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC RS  
L
1E 4C  
30 76  
m
m
m
1B  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 m 3, 48 m 51, (“0” m “3”), m = 255  
0 m 3, 48 m 51, (“0” m “3”), m = 255  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
0 m 3, 48 m 51, (“0” m “3”), m = 255  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
-
-
-
Validation  
Controls logos specified by the parameter m.  
After execution, resets the printer.  
m: Print Mode  
m
Logo Control Mode  
Normal mode batch printing  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
255  
Horizontal double size mode batch printing  
Vertical double size mode batch printing  
Double high/wide mode batch printing  
Logo batch delete  
• If the parameter is within the defined region, execute this command after printing the unprinted data  
in the line buffer.  
(Unprinted data is printed regardless of whether the specified logo was registered by n.) )  
• Form feed obeys the vertical print size of the logo.  
• Print modes, excluding upside-down printing (enhanced, double, underline, character size, black/  
white inverted, and 90˚ right rotation) are unaffected by logos.  
• Prints logo number as shown below in the line above each logo print.  
This line is printed with ANK characters, so currently set adornment is applied.  
(Print Ex.) “LOGO No. 1” (Each logo number is printed at the “1” position.)  
• If the logo horizontal print size exceeds the horizontal print region, the portion exceeding the area is  
not printed.  
• This test print is affected by the following command settings.  
• Left margin (ESC I n)  
• Right margin (ESC Q n)  
• Position alignment (ESC GS a n)  
• Print region setting (ESC RS A n)  
• Upside-down printing (SI)  
• After batch printing output is ended, paper is fed automatically to the cutting position, paper is cut (if  
the printer is equipped with a cutter), and the printer is reset.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
When page mode is selected, four bytes ignored.  
3-57  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-10) Bar Codes  
ESC b n1 n2 n3 n4 d1 . . . dk RS  
[Name] Print bar code  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
b
n1 n2 n3 n4 d1  
.. dk  
.. dk  
.. dk  
RS  
1E  
30  
1B 62 n1 n2 n3 n4 d1  
27 98 n1 n2 n3 n4 d1  
Decimal  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
0 n1 8, 48 n1 56 (“0” n1 “8”)  
1 n2 4, 49 n2 52 (“1” n2 “4”)  
1 n4 255  
n3 (bar code mode), d (bar code data),  
Defined area of k (bar code data count) is different depending on the bar code type.  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
[Initial Value]  
Thermal  
Slip  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Bar code printing is executed according to the following parameters.  
If n1, n2, n3 and n4 are acquired and detected to be out of the defined area, data up to RS is dis-  
carded.  
• n1: Bar Code Type Selection  
n1  
Bar Codes Types  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
4, 52  
5, 53  
6, 54  
7, 55  
8, 56  
UPC-E  
UPC-A  
JAN/EAN8  
JAN/EAN13  
Code39  
ITF  
Code128  
Code93  
NW-7  
• n2: Character Selection Under Bar Code, and Line Feed Addition Selection  
n2  
Under-bar character selection and added line feed selection  
No added under-bar charactersExecutes a form feed after bar code is printed.  
Added under-bar charactersExecutes a form feed after bar code is printed.  
No added under-bar charactersDoes not execute a form feed after bar code is printed.  
Added under-bar charactersDoes not execute a form feed after bar code is printed.  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
4, 52  
3-58  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
• n3: Bar Code Mode Selection  
n3  
Bar Codes Types  
Code39, NW-7  
UPC-E, UPC-A, JAN/EAN8  
ITF  
JAN/EAN13, Code128, Code93  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
4, 52  
5, 53  
6, 54  
7, 55  
8, 56  
9, 57  
Minimum module 2 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 2: 6 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 3: 9 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 4:12 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 2: 5 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 3: 8 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 4:10 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 2: 4 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 3: 6 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 4: 8 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 2: 5 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 4:10 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 6:15 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 2: 4 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 4: 8 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 6:12 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 2: 6 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 3: 9 dots  
Narrow : Wide = 4:12 dots  
Minimum module 3 dots  
Minimum module 4 dots  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
• n4: Bar code height (dot count)  
Spec. 1: When the height of the bar code is more than the form feed amount, the form feed amount  
is automatically doubled.  
Spec. 2: Line feed according to (bar code height + under-bar characters)  
• k (bar code data count), d (bar code data)  
Bar Codes Types  
UPC-E  
Defined area of k  
11 k 12  
11 k 12  
7 k 8  
Defined area of d  
48 d 57 (“0” d “9”)  
UPC-A  
48 d 57 (“0” d “9”)  
JAN/EAN8  
JAN/EAN13  
Code39  
48 d 57 (“0” d “9”)  
12 k 13  
1 k  
48 d 57 (“0” d “9”)  
48 d 57 (“0” d “9”), 65 d 90 (“A” d “Z”)  
32, 36, 37, 43, 45, 46, 47(SP, $”, “%”, “+”, “-”, “.”, “/”)  
ITF  
1 k  
48 d 57 (“0” d “9”)  
For odd numbers  
0 data is automatically added  
to the top.  
Code128  
Code93  
NW-7  
1 k  
1 k  
1 k  
0 d 127  
0 d 127  
48 d 57 (“0” d “9”), 65 d 68 (“A” d “D”)  
36, 43, 45, 46, 47, 58 (“$”, “+”, “-”, “.”, “/”, “:”)  
97, 98, 99, 100 (“a,” “b,” “c,” “d”)  
• UPC-E: k = 11 (or 12)  
The 12th check digit is automatically applied, so it is ignored even if specified.  
Command is ignored if the data cannot be shortened. Data conversion to rectangles is automatic.  
• UPC-A: k = 11 (or 12)  
The 12th check digit is automatically applied, so it is ignored even if specified.  
• JAN/EAN -8: k = 7 (or 8)  
The 8th check digit is automatically applied, so it is ignored even if specified.  
• JAN/EAN -13: k = 12 (or 13)  
The 13th check digit cannot be automatically applied, so it is ignored even if specified.  
• CODE39: k is freely set, and maximum value differs according to the mode.  
Start and stop codes (*) are automatically included.  
• ITF: k is freely set, and maximum value differs according to the mode.  
If the data is an odd line, 0 data is automatically appended to the top.  
• CODE128: k is freely set, and maximum value differs according to the mode and print character  
type.  
Check character is automatically appended.  
• CODE93: k is freely set, and maximum value differs according to the mode and print character  
type.  
The start/stop code (□) is automatically appended.  
• NW7: k is freely set, and maximum value differs according to the mode and print character type.  
Both start/stop codes are included in the data (but not automatically applied).  
3-59  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-11) Cutter Control  
ESC d n  
[Name] Auto-cutter:  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
d
n
n
n
64  
27 100  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
0 d 3,  
48 d 51 (“0” d “3”)  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Executes the auto-cutter.  
After auto-cutter is executed, the printer considers that position to be the top of the page.  
n
Auto-cutter  
0, 48  
Full cut at the current position.  
Print data in line buffer is printed before a full cut.  
Models not provided the auto-cutter execute only functions other than the cutting operation  
(printing/paper feed operations).  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
Partial cut at the current position.  
Print data in line buffer is printed before a partial cut.  
Models not provided the auto-cutter execute only functions other than the cutting operation  
(printing/paper feed operations).  
Paper is fed to cutting position, then a full cut.  
Print data in line buffer is printed before the operation described above.  
Models not provided the auto-cutter execute only functions other than the cutting operation  
(printing/paper feed operations).  
Paper is fed to cutting position, then a partial cut.  
Print data in line buffer is printed before the operation described above.  
Models not provided the auto-cutter execute only functions other than the cutting operation  
(printing/paper feed operations).  
(*) The auto-cutter function operates in the following ways on models that only have a full cut or a  
partial cut.  
• Models that perform only a full cut.:  
Executes a full cut when for instructions calling for a  
partial cut.  
• Models that perform only a partial cut.:  
Executes a partial cut when for instructions calling  
for a full cut.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Three bytes ignored  
3-60  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-12) External Device Drive  
ESC BEL n1 n2  
[Name] Set external drive device 1 pulse width  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC BEL n1 n2  
1B  
27  
07 n1 n2  
n1 n2  
7
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
1 n1 127, 1 n2 127  
1 n1 127, 1 n2 127  
1 n1 127, 1 n2 127  
n1 = 20 (Energizing time: 200 msec)  
Validation  
Thermal  
[Initial Value]  
n2 = 20 (Delay time: 200 msec)  
Slip  
:
:
n1 = 20 (Energizing time: 200 msec)  
n2 = 20 (Delay time: 200 msec)  
Validation  
n1 = 20 (Energizing time: 200 msec)  
n2 = 20 (Delay time: 200 msec)  
[Function]  
Sets the energizing and delay times for drive of the external device.  
• Energizing time = 10 x n1 (ms)  
• Delay time = 10 x n2 (ms)  
ON  
Drive Pulse  
OFF  
× n1(msec)  
10 × n2(msec)  
(Delay Time)  
10  
(Energizing Time)  
Print Operation  
Printing and Paper Feed Prohibited  
After printing, this is executed by BEL (External device 1 drive instruction) or FS (External device 1  
drive instruction).  
Handled in the following way when n1 and n2 are out of range.  
• When n1 = 0, or n2 = 0, this command is ignored.  
• When n1 > 127 is specified, n1 = 127; when n2 > 127 is specified, n2 = 127.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-61  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
BEL  
[Name] External device 1 drive instruction  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
BEL  
07  
7
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
:
:
:
:
:
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Executes the external device drive conditions set according to the command to set the external drive  
device pulse width (ESC BEL n1 n2).  
As with other commands, it temporarily stores data in the data buffer, then executes in the order re-  
ceived.  
(Note) External device 1 and external device 2 cannot be executed simultaneously.  
FS  
[Name] External device 1 drive instruction  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal 1C  
Decimal 28  
FS  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Slip  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Executes the external device drive conditions set according to the command to set the external drive  
device pulse width (ESC BEL n1 n2).  
As with other commands, it temporarily stores data in the data buffer, then executes in the order re-  
ceived.  
(Note) External device 1 and external device 2 cannot be executed simultaneously.  
3-62  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
SUB  
[Name] External device 2 drive instruction  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
SUB  
1A  
26  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Drives external device 2. The energizing time and delay time for the external device 2 are fixed at  
200 ms each.  
As with other commands, it temporarily stores data in the data buffer, then executes in the order  
received.  
(Note) External device 1 and external device 2 cannot be executed simultaneously.  
EM  
[Name] External device 2 drive instruction  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
EM  
19  
25  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Drives external device 2.The energizing time and delay time for the external device 2 are fixed at  
200 ms each.  
As with other commands, it temporarily stores data in the data buffer, then executes in the order  
received.  
(Note) External device 1 and external device 2 cannot be executed simultaneously.  
3-63  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS BEL m t1 t2  
[Name] Ring buzzer  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
GS  
1D  
29  
BEL  
07  
7
m
m
m
t1  
t1  
t1  
t2  
t2  
t2  
1B  
27  
Decimal  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
1 m 2, 49 m 50 (“1” m “2”)  
1 t1 255, 1 t2 255  
Slip  
1 m 2, 49 m 50 (“1” m “2”)  
1 t1 255, 1 t2 255  
Validation  
1 m 2, 49 m 50 (“1” m “2”)  
1 t1 255, 1 t2 255  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
-
-
-
Validation  
Rings buzzer.  
m specifies the buzzer drive terminal.  
m
Buzzer Drive Terminals  
Buzzer drive terminal 1  
Buzzer drive terminal 2  
1, 49  
2, 50  
t1 specifies the energizing time; t2 specifies the delay time.  
• Energizing time = 20 msec x t1  
• Delay time  
= 20 msec x t2  
Buzzer cannot ring whle printer is printing.  
This command is prohibited for use for anything other than ringing the buzzer.  
(When this command is used for the drawer drive on models equipped with an external device  
terminal, it will be damaged, so care is needed.) )  
ON  
Drive Pulse  
OFF  
20 × t1 (msec)  
20 × t2 (msec)  
(Delay Time)  
(Energizing Time  
Print Operation  
Printing and Paper Feed Prohibited  
3-64  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS EM DC1 m n1 n2  
[Name] Set external buzzer drive pulse condition  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
29  
EM DC1  
m
m
m
n1 n2  
n1 n2  
n1 n2  
19  
25  
11  
17  
Decimal  
27  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
1 m 2, 49 m 50, (“1” m “2”)  
0 n1 255, 0 n2 255  
Slip  
1 m 2, 49 m 50, (“1” m “2”)  
0 n1 255, 0 n2 255  
Validation  
1 m 2, 49 m 50, (“1” m “2”)  
0 n1 255, 0 n2 255  
n1 = 0, n2 = 0  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
n1 = 0, n2 = 0  
Validation  
n1 = 0, n2 = 0  
Set external buzzer drive pulse condition.  
m specifies the buzzer drive terminal that sets the condition.  
m
Buzzer Drive Terminals  
Buzzer drive terminal 1  
Buzzer drive terminal 2  
1, 49  
2, 50  
n1 specifies the energizing time; n2 specifies the delay time.  
• Energizing time = 20 msec x n1  
• Delay time = 20 msec x n2  
ON  
Drive Pulse  
OFF  
20 × n1(msec)  
20 × n2(msec)  
(Delay Time)  
(Energizing Time)  
Print Operation  
Printing and Paper Feed Prohibited  
The drive of the external buzzer set by this command is performed by ESC GS EM DC2 m n1 n2.  
The set value is not initialized by ESC @, or CAN.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-65  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS EM DC2 m n1 n2  
[Name] Execute external buzzer drive  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS EM  
DC2  
12  
m
m
m
n1 n2  
n1 n2  
n1 n2  
1D  
29  
19  
25  
27  
18  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
1 m 2, 49 m 50, (“1” m “2”)  
1 n1 20, n2 = 0  
Slip  
1 m 2, 49 m 50, (“1” m “2”)  
1 n1 20, n2 = 0  
Validation  
1 m 2, 49 m 50, (“1” m “2”)  
1 n1 20, n2 = 0  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
-
-
-
Validation  
Repeatedly drives the buzzer according to the ON/OFF conditions set by the external buzzer drive  
pulse condition command ESC GS EM DC1 m t1 t2.  
m specifies the buzzer drive terminal to drive.  
Buzzer Drive Terminals  
m
1, 49  
2, 50  
Buzzer drive terminal 1  
Buzzer drive terminal 2  
Specifies the number of times to repeat buzzer drive with (n2 x 256 + n1).  
Buzzer cannot ring while printer is printing.  
This command is prohibited for use for anything other than ringing the buzzer.  
(When this command is used for the drawer drive on models equipped with an external device  
terminal, it will be damaged, so it is absolutely prohibited.) )  
The buzzer can be stopped by pressing the FEED switch or the RELEASE switch while the buzzer is  
ringing, or opening the receipt cover or the slip cover.  
[Ex.:]  
n1 = 8  
ON  
OFF  
Drive Pulse  
ON OFF  
Printing/Paper Feed Prohibited  
Print Operation  
(Note) If the off time is set to 0 (zero), it is possible to ring the buzzer  
continuously for the amount of n1. For example, if on = 5 seconds, off = 0,  
and n1 = 20 times, the buzzer will ring for 100 seconds.  
3-66  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-13) Print Settings  
ESC RS d n  
[Name] Set print density  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
RS  
1E  
30  
d
64  
n
n
n
27  
100  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
0 n 15  
48 n 57 (”0” n “9”), 65 n 70 (”A” n “F”)  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Memory switch setting  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets print density.  
This command stops printing to be executed.  
n
Print Density  
Print density 1.3  
Print density 1.2  
Print density 1.1  
Print density 1.0  
Print density 0.9  
Print density 0.8  
Print density 0.7  
(Reserved)  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
4, 52  
5, 53  
6, 54  
7, 55  
8, 56  
9, 57  
10, 65  
11, 66  
12, 67  
13, 68  
14, 69  
15, 70  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-67  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC RS r n  
[Name] Set printing speed  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
RS  
1E  
30  
r
72  
n
n
n
1B  
27  
114  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
0 n 2  
48 n 50 (“0” n “2”)  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Memory switch setting  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets print speed.  
This command stops printing to be executed.  
n
Print Speed  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
High speed  
Mid-speed  
Slow speed  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-68  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-14) Status  
ESC RS a n  
[Name] Set status transmission conditions  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
RS  
a
n
n
n
1E 61  
30 97  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 3, 48 n 51, (“0” n “51”)  
0 n 3, 48 n 51, (“0” n “51”)  
0 n 3, 48 n 51, (“0” n “51”)  
DIPS switches/Memory switch setting  
DIPS switches/Memory switch setting  
DIPS switches/Memory switch setting  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Sets the status transmission conditions. See Appendix 2 for details regarding ASB status.  
This command is effective only on printers that have an interface capable of bi-directional data  
communications.  
When using serial, parallel or USB (vendor class), use is possible.  
The command is ignored (set to enable auto-status) when using Ethernet or wireless LAN.  
Settings of this command are unaffected by the ESC @ (command initialization) command.  
See each printer’s product specifications manual for details on the memory switch settings.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-69  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC ACK SOH  
[Name] Real-time printer status (ASB Status)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC ACK SOH  
1B  
27  
06  
6
01  
1
Decimal  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Slip  
Validation  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
Validation  
This command is effective only when using an interface capable of bi-directional data  
communications.  
When this command is received, the printer sends the status to the host in real time.  
Immediately executed not when taking out from the reception buffer, but when received from the  
host.)  
Bi-directional parallel interfaces enter a “data present” state.  
See the Appendix Auto Status for details regarding status.  
When in the serial interface DTR mode, and using a parallel interface, set so that the status can be  
inquired even when offline for errors, etc.  
This command is not used when auto-status is valid.  
When this command is sent once to the printer, do not send the next ESC ACK SOH command until  
the final auto status has been received.  
See Appendix 2 Automatic Status for details regarding ASB status.  
ENQ  
[Name] Real-time printer status (1)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ENQ  
05  
5
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
This command is effective only when using an interface capable of bi-directional data  
communications.  
When this command is received, the printer sends one byte of ENQ status to the host in real time.  
Immediately executed not when taking out from the reception buffer, but when received from the  
host.)  
Bi-directional parallel interfaces enter a “data present” state.  
See Appendix ENQ Command Status for details regarding status.  
When this command is sent once to the printer, do not send the next ENQ command until the ENQ  
status has been received.  
This command is not used when auto-status is valid.  
See Appendix 2 ENQ Command Status for details regarding status.  
3-70  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
EOT  
[Name] Real-time printer status (2)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
EOT  
04  
4
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
This command is effective only when using an interface capable of bi-directional data  
communications.  
When this command is received, the printer sends one byte of EOT status to the host in real time.  
Immediately executed not when taking out from the reception buffer, but when received from the  
host.)  
Bi-directional parallel interfaces enter a “data present” state.  
See Appendix EOT Command Status for details regarding status.  
When this command is sent once to the printer, do not send the next EOT command until the EOT  
status has been received.  
This command is not used when auto-status is valid.  
See Appendix 2 EOT Command Status for details regarding status.  
ETB  
[Name] Update of ETB status of ASB  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ETB  
17  
23  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
This command is effective only when using an interface capable of bi-directional data  
communications.  
This command waits until all printing is completed (the print motor is stopped), and after printing is  
completed, the auto status printer status 1-1 (ETB command) becomes 1 (ETB execution complet-  
ed), and the ETB counter is updated (incremented).  
Note that when executing this command, and print data remains the line buffer, this command is ex-  
ecuted after printing the remaining data.  
The hose checks that this bit has changed to “1” thereby making it possible to ascertain that the  
printing of the sent data is completed.  
This ETB status bit is cleared to “0” when returned to host.  
Also, ETB is appended to the end of 1 data block and several blocks are sent at once. By getting the  
ETB counter sequentially, it is possible to confirm the end of printing the several blocks.  
Note that the ETB counter is cleared to zero by the ESC RS E command.  
The following shows the details of the processing in the printer with this command.  
(1)  
(2)  
(3)  
Reads out the ETB command from the reception buffer.  
Waits for the printing of data to be completed before the ETB command  
After checking the end of printing, the auto status ETB status is set, and the ETB counter is  
incremented.  
(4)  
Auto status transmission (only when auto status is valid)  
See Appendix 2 for details regarding the ASB status.  
3-71  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC RS E n  
[Name] Initialize ASB ETB counter, and ETB status.  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
RS  
E
n
n
n
1E 45  
30 69  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
n = 0, 48 (“0”)  
n = 0, 48 (“0”)  
n = 0, 48 (“0”)  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
ASB ETB counter = 0  
ASB ETB counter = 0  
ASB ETB counter = 0  
Validation  
Clears the ASB ETB counter to zero and clears the ETB status.  
However, when clearing the ETB counter to zero using this command, ASB status is not transmitted.  
The ETB counter and ETB status are initialized by the following command in addition to this com-  
mand.  
• Cancel print data and initialize commands <CAN>  
3-72  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-15) Kanji Characters  
ESC p  
[Name] Specify JIS Kanji character mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
p
70  
27  
112  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
-
-
-
:
:
:
:
:
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Cancel JIS Kanji character mode  
Cancel JIS Kanji character mode  
Cancel JIS Kanji character mode  
Validation  
Specifies JIS Kanji character mode  
When in JIS Kanji character mode, all character codes are handled as 2 byte Japanese characters  
(First byte: upper code; second byte: lower code).  
Even when setting the JIS Kanji mode, the control code is valid.  
This command is ignored for models not equipped with Japanese and Kanji characters and when  
the specification for the location of use is specified as SBCS (single byte countries) by the memory  
switch.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
When page mode is selected, only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to line mode.  
(Note) The settings by this command are valid for all stations.  
ESC q  
[Name] Cancel JIS Kanji character mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
q
71  
27  
113  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Cancel JIS Kanji character mode  
Cancel JIS Kanji character mode  
Cancel JIS Kanji character mode  
Validation  
Cancels JIS Kanji character mode.  
This command is ignored for models not equipped with Japanese and Kanji characters and when  
the specification for the location of use is specified as SBCS (single byte countries) by the memory  
switch.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
When page mode is selected, only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to line mode.  
(Note) The settings by this command are valid for all stations.  
3-73  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC $ n  
[Name] Specify/cancel JIS Kanji character mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
$
n
n
n
1B 24  
27 36  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
n = 0, 1, 48, 49  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Memory switch setting  
Memory switch setting  
Memory switch setting  
Validation  
Specifies and cancels the shift JIS Kanji character mode.  
n
Shift JIS Japanese Character Mode  
Cancel shift JIS Kanji character mode  
0, 48  
1, 49  
Specify shift JIS Kanji character mode  
When in shift JIS Kanji character mode, if the data is <80>H to <9F>H or <E0>H to <FF>H, this is  
handled as 2 byte Japanese characters (First byte: upper code; second byte: lower code).  
Even when setting the shift JIS Kanji character mode, the control code is valid.  
When the shift JIS Kanji character mode is canceled, the block graphics mode is selected. At that  
time, if the data is <80>H to <9F>H or <E0>H to <FF>H, this is handled as 1 byte of block graphic  
characters.  
This command is ignored for models not equipped with Japanese and Kanji characters and when  
the specification for the location of use is specified as SBCS (single byte countries) by the memory  
switch.  
See each printer’s product specifications manual for details on the memory switch settings.  
When the lower code is <7F>, <FD> to <FF>h, two bytes are ignored.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
When page mode is selected, only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to line mode.  
(Note) The settings by this command are valid for all stations.  
3-74  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC s n1 n2  
[Name] Set two-byte Kanji characters left/right spaces  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
s
n1 n2  
73 n1 n2  
115 n1 n2  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
0 n1 7, 48 n1 55 (“0” n1 “7”)  
0 n2 15, 48 n2 57 (”0” n2 “9”), 65 n2 70 (”A” n2 “F”)  
0 n1 7, 48 n1 55 (“0” n1 “7”)  
0 n2 15, 48 n2 57 (”0” n2 “9”), 65 n2 70 (”A” n2 “F”)  
Validation  
0 n1 7, 48 n1 55 (“0” n1 “7”)  
0 n2 15, 48 n2 57 (”0” n2 “9”), 65 n2 70 (”A” n2 “F”)  
Memory switch setting  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
Memory switch setting  
Validation  
Memory switch setting  
Adds n1 dot left space and n2 dot right space to Kanji characters.  
This command is ignored for models not equipped with Chinese fonts (for overseas) and when the  
specification for the location of use is specified as SBCS (single byte countries) by the memory  
switch.  
See each printer’s product specifications manual for details on the memory switch settings.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
The values of n1 and n2 when using two-byte 8 x 16, two-byte 16 x 16 and double-tall 8 x 16 charac-  
ters correspond to the n1 and n2 values for double high/double wide 16 x 16 characters.  
If the Japanese character size including the right and left spaces (n1 + character width + n2) ex-  
ceeds the print region, printing will not be possible and a question mark (“?”) will be printed instead.  
When page mode is selected, only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to line mode.  
(Note) The settings by this command are valid for all stations.  
3-75  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC t n1 n2  
[Name] Set single-byte Kanji characters left/right spaces  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
t
n1 n2  
74 n1 n2  
116 n1 n2  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
0 n1 7, 48 n1 55 (“0” n1 “7”)  
0 n2 15, 48 n2 57 (”0” n2 “9”), 65 n2 70 (”A” n2 “F”)  
0 n1 7, 48 n1 55 (“0” n1 “7”)  
0 n2 15, 48 n2 57 (”0” n2 “9”), 65 n2 70 (”A” n2 “F”)  
Validation  
0 n1 7, 48 n1 55 (“0” n1 “7”)  
0 n2 15, 48 n2 57 (”0” n2 “9”), 65 n2 70 (”A” n2 “F”)  
Memory switch setting  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
Memory switch setting  
Validation  
Memory switch setting  
Adds n1 dot left space and n2 dot right space to single-byte Kanji characters.  
See each printer’s product specifications manual for details on the memory switch settings.  
This command is ignored for models not equipped with Japanese and Kanji characters and when  
the specification for the location of use is specified as SBCS (single byte countries) by the memory  
switch.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
The values of n1 and n2 when using two-byte 8 x 16, two-byte 16 x 16 and double-tall 8 x 16 charac-  
ters correspond to the n1 and n2 values for double high/double wide 16 x 16 characters.  
If the Japanese character size including the right and left spaces (n1 + character width + n2) ex-  
ceeds the print region, printing will not be possible and a question mark (“?”) will be printed instead.  
When page mode is selected, only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to line mode.  
(Note) The settings by this command are valid for all stations.  
3-76  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC r c1 c2 d1 … dk  
[Name] Register Chinese download characters  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
r
c1 c2 d1  
.. dk  
.. dk  
.. dk  
72 c1 c2 d1  
114 c1 c2 d1  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
0 d 255  
k = 72, c1 and c2 differ according to specifications and code type (see table below).  
0 d 255  
k = 32, c1 and c2 differ according to specifications and code type (see table below).  
Validation  
0 d 255  
k = 32, c1 and c2 differ according to specifications and code type (see table below).  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
All spaces  
All spaces  
All spaces  
Validation  
Registers Chinese download characters to c1 and c2 addresses. Those already registered to these  
addresses are overwritten.  
If c1 and c2 are outside of the defined are or the printer is model not equipped with Chinese fonts  
(for overseas) and when the specification for the location of use is specified as SBCS (single byte  
countries) by the memory switch, the printer discards up to d1 and dk.  
Chinese download characters once defined are valid until redefined or the power is turned OFF.  
Defined Chinese download characters are accessed with two-bytes, in the same way as other Kanji  
characters. At that time, c1 is the first byte, c2 is the second byte.d1, d2 • • • d32 are character data.  
<Thermal>  
The defined ranges are shown below. (* The registration region is the same for Japanese characters  
in JIS or shift JIS.)  
Specifications  
c1  
c2  
Registration count  
94 Characters  
Japanese characters/JIS type  
c1 = 77h  
c1 = ECh  
21h c2 7Eh  
40h c2 7Eh  
Japanese characters/Shift JIS type  
94 Characters  
80h c2 9Eh  
They are designed as shown below and data is sent sequentially.  
Horizontal 24 dot  
d1  
d4  
d7  
d2  
d5  
d8  
d3  
d6  
d9  
d10 ●  
d13 ●  
d16 ●  
d19 ●  
d22 ●  
d25 ●  
d28 ●  
d31 ●  
d34 ●  
d37 ●  
d40 ●  
d43 ●  
d46 ●  
d49 ●  
d52 ●  
d55 ●  
d58 ●  
d61 ●  
d64 ●  
d67 ●  
d70 ●  
d11 ●  
d14 ●  
d17 ●  
d20 ●  
d23 ●  
d26 ●  
d29 ●  
d32 ●  
d35 ●  
d38 ●  
d41 ●  
d44 ●  
d47 ●  
d50 ●  
d53 ●  
d56 ●  
d59 ●  
d62 ●  
d65 ●  
d68 ●  
d71 ●  
d12 ●  
d15 ●  
d18 ●  
d21 ●  
d24 ●  
d27 ●  
d30 ●  
d33 ●  
d36 ●  
d39 ●  
d42 ●  
d45 ●  
d48 ●  
d51 ●  
d54 ●  
d57 ●  
d60 ●  
d63 ●  
d66 ●  
d69 ●  
d72 ●  
Vertical 24 dot  
bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0  
bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0  
bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0  
: Font Data /  
: Invalid Data  
3-77  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
The defined ranges are shown below.  
Specifications  
c1  
c2  
Registration count  
94 Characters  
Japanese Language Kanji characters  
c1 = 77h  
21h c2 7Eh  
They are designed as shown below and data is sent sequentially.  
Horizontal 16 dot  
d1 d3 d5 d7 d9 d11 d13 d15 d17 d19 d21 d23 d25 d27 d29 d31  
MSB  
LSB  
Vertical  
16 dot  
d2 d4 d6 d8 d10 d12 d14 d16 d18 d20 d22 d24 d26 d28 d30 d32  
MSB  
LSB  
The font of Kanji download characters is composed of 16 x 16 dot patterns.  
Bits that correspond to the dots to print are “1,” and the bits that correspond to the dots that are not printed are “0.”  
When page mode is selected, only registration is possible.  
Printing is possible after switching to line mode.  
Registered data is shared by slip and validation.  
3-78  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC u n  
[Name] Specify two-byte 16 x 16 dot Kanji character (Single density/double density)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
u
75  
n
n
n
27  
117  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
Slip  
n = 0, 1, n = 48, 49 (“0,” “1”)  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
n = 0, 1, n = 48, 49 (“0,” “1”)  
[Initial Value]  
-
Specify two-byte 16 x 16 dot Kanji characters (single density).  
Specify two-byte 16 x 16 dot Kanji characters (single density).  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to slip or validation.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Specifies two-byte 16 x 16 dot Kanji character (Single density/double density) (* : See “Relationship  
of Japanese Character Size Selection.”  
n
State Transition  
0, 48  
Specify two-byte 16 x 16 dot [double density] Japanese characters  
When two-bytes is selected, they become four-pass characters (state (A) to state (B))  
Dots continuous horizontally are printing.  
Sets to the 4 x expanded character mode by combining with ESC x 0 (Specify expanded  
Japanese characters) (state (A) → state (D))  
1, 49  
Specify two-byte 16 x 16 dot Kanji characters (single density).  
When two-bytes is selected, they become two-pass characters (state (B) to state (A))  
Dots continuous horizontally are thinned for printing.  
Sets to the vertical expanded character mode by combining with ESC x 0 (Specify expanded  
Kanji characters) (state (B) → state (C))  
When page mode is selected, only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to line mode.  
3-79  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC x n  
[Name] Specify expanded Kanji characters (Double tall/double high & wide)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
x
78  
n
n
n
27  
120  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
Slip  
n = 0, 1, n = 48, 49 (“0,” “1”)  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
n = 0, 1, n = 48, 49 (“0,” “1”)  
[Initial Value]  
-
Specify two-byte 16 x 16 dot Kanji characters (single density).  
Specify two-byte 16 x 16 dot Kanji characters (single density).  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to slip or validation.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Sets (double tall/double high and wide) Kanji character expansion. (* : See “Relationship of  
Japanese Character Size Selection.”  
n
State Transition  
0, 48  
Sets Kanji character expansion.  
When 16 x 16 dot Kanji characters [single density] are selected, they expand only in the  
vertical direction.  
[Vertical tall size: State (A) to state (C)]  
When 16 x 16 dot Kanji characters [double density] are selected, they expand both vertically  
and horizontally.  
[Double high and wide size: State (B) to state (D)]  
1, 49  
Cancels specify Kanji character expansion, and sets to two-byte Kanji characters  
When 16 x 16 dot Kanji characters [double density] are selected, they become two-pass  
characters (state (C) to state (A))  
When 16 x 16 dot Kanji characters [double density] are selected, they become four-pass  
characters (state (D) to state (B))  
When page mode is selected, only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to line mode.  
3-80  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC w n  
[Name] Specify expanded Kanji characters (batch double tall/double high & wide)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
w
77  
n
n
n
27  
119  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
Slip  
n = 0, 1, n = 48, 49 (“0,” “1”)  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
n = 0, 1, n = 48, 49 (“0,” “1”)  
[Initial Value]  
-
Specify two-byte 16 x 16 dot Kanji characters (single density).  
Specify two-byte 16 x 16 dot Kanji characters (single density).  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to slip or validation.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Sets (batch double tall/double high and wide) Kanji character expansion. (* : See “Relationship of  
Japanese Character Size Selection.”  
n
State Transition  
0, 48  
Sets double high & wide (double-wide/double-high) 16 x 16 Japanese characters. (to state  
(D))  
1, 49  
Cancels specify Japanese character expansion, and sets to two-byte 16 x 16 dot Japanese  
characters [single density]  
Japanese characters become two-pass characters ( to state (A))  
When page mode is selected, only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to line mode.  
<Relationship of Kanji character Size Selection>  
Status (A)  
Status (C)  
ESC x 0  
ESC x 1  
Two-byte 16 x 16 Dot Kanji  
(Single Density) (2-pass Printing)  
Double High Kanji  
(Double High Size) (2-pass Printing)  
ESC w 0  
ESC u 0  
ESC u 1  
ESC u 0  
ESC u 1  
ESC w 1  
Status (B)  
ESC x 0  
ESC x 1  
Status (D)  
Two-byte 16 x 16 Dot Kanji  
Double High/Double Wide Kanji  
(Double Density) (4-pass Printing)  
(Double High/Wide) (2-pass Printing)  
See 5. Appendix 5-2 Expansion Position for details on the differences of dot configurations of [sin-  
gle density] and [double density] in two-byte 16 x 16 dot Japanese characters. This section use a  
Japanese character to illustrate the difference.  
3-81  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3-3-16) Others  
RS  
[Name] Ring buzzer  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
RS  
1E  
30  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
Issues a short buzzer sound from the printer.  
Execute this command after printing the unprinted data in the line buffer.  
CAN  
[Name] Cancel print data and initialize commands  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
CAN  
18  
24  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Slip  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
When the reception buffer and line buffer are cleared, the set commands are initialized.  
Immediately executed not when taking out from the reception buffer, but when received from the  
host.  
DIPSW re-loading is not performed.  
After execution, thermal is selected.  
The following shows the specifications that are not initialized by this command.  
• Set print density  
• Set print speed  
• Two Color Printing Mode Setting  
• Printing color in 2-color printing mode  
• External device drive condition  
• Auto status valid/invalid conditions  
3-82  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC @  
[Name] Command initialization  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
@
1B 40  
27 64  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Initializes each command after printing data in the line buffer.  
However, printers with memory switch settings are initialized to the memory switch settings.  
DIPSW re-loading is not performed.  
After execution, thermal is selected.  
<Shared>  
• ANK characters, Kanji character adornment, expansion  
• Kanji character mode  
• ANK right space  
• Kanji character right and left spaces  
• Character pitch  
• International characters  
• Code pages  
• Set slash zero  
• Set specify/cancel external character (external register character data is retained)  
• Line feed amount  
• Set upside-down, position alignment  
• Right/left margins  
• Horizontal tab  
<Thermal>  
• Page length  
• Current position (move to top of page, top of line)  
• Vertical tab  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
• Paper discharge  
<Other Information>  
The following shows the specifications that are not initialized by this command.  
• Set print density  
• Set print speed  
• Two Color Printing Mode Setting  
• Printing color in 2-color printing mode  
• External device drive condition  
• Auto status valid/invalid conditions  
3-83  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC U n  
[Name] Select printing direction  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
U
n
n
n
1B 55  
27 85  
Decimal  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
Slip  
0 n 2, 48 n 50, (“0” n “2”)  
Validation  
0 n 2, 48 n 50, (“0” n “2”)  
[Initial Value]  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
n = 0  
n = 0  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to slip or validation.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Executes print direction specified by this command after printing data in the line buffer.  
n
State Transition  
0, 48  
1, 49  
Specify bi-directional printing  
Specify uni-directional printing  
Bi-directional printing is faster than uni-directional printing.  
With uni-directional printing, printing is performed only when the print head moves from left to right.  
The printing direction can be set independently for both line mode and page mode.  
Setting values are shared for slip, and validation line mode and page mode is selected.  
3-84  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS # m N n1 n2 n3 n4 LF NUL  
[Name] Set memory switch  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
27  
GS  
1D 23  
29 35  
#
m
m
m
N
N
N
n1 n2 n3 n4 LF  
n1 n2 n3 n4 0A  
n1 n2 n3 n4 10  
NUL  
00  
0
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
m = 87, 84, 44, 43, 45, 64, 75, 76 (m = “W”, “T”, “,”, “+”, “-”, “@”, “K”, “L”)  
48 n1 57 (”0” n1 “9”), 65 n1 70 (”A” n1 “F”), 97 n1 102 (“a” n1 “f”)  
48 n2 57 (”0” n2 “9”), 65 n2 70 (”A” n2 “F”), 97 n2 102 (“a” n1 “f”)  
48 n3 57 (”0” n3 “9”), 65 n3 70 (”A” n3 “F”), 97 n3 102 (“a” n1 “f”)  
48 n4 57 (”0” n4 “9”), 65 n4 70 (”A” n4 “F”), 97 n4 102 (“a” n1 “f”)  
48 N 57 (”0” N “9”), 65 N 72 (”A” N “F”), 97 N 104 (“a” N “h”)  
N = 85 (U) User defined region  
Slip  
m = 87, 84, 44, 43, 45, 64, 75, 76 (m = “W”, “T”, “,”, “+”, “-”, “@”, “K”, “L”)  
48 n1 57 (”0” n1 “9”), 65 n1 70 (”A” n1 “F”), 97 n1 102 (“a” n1 “f”)  
48 n2 57 (”0” n2 “9”), 65 n2 70 (”A” n2 “F”), 97 n2 102 (“a” n1 “f”)  
48 n3 57 (”0” n3 “9”), 65 n3 70 (”A” n3 “F”), 97 n3 102 (“a” n1 “f”)  
48 n4 57 (”0” n4 “9”), 65 n4 70 (”A” n4 “F”), 97 n4 102 (“a” n1 “f”)  
48 N 57 (”0” N “9”), 65 N 72 (”A” N “F”), 97 N 104 (“a” N “h”)  
N = 85 (U) User defined region  
Validation  
m = 87, 84, 44, 43, 45, 64, 75, 76 (m = “W”, “T”, “,”, “+”, “-”, “@”, “K”, “L”)  
48 n1 57 (”0” n1 “9”), 65 n1 70 (”A” n1 “F”), 97 n1 102 (“a” n1 “f”)  
48 n2 57 (”0” n2 “9”), 65 n2 70 (”A” n2 “F”), 97 n2 102 (“a” n1 “f”)  
48 n3 57 (”0” n3 “9”), 65 n3 70 (”A” n3 “F”), 97 n3 102 (“a” n1 “f”)  
48 n4 57 (”0” n4 “9”), 65 n4 70 (”A” n4 “F”), 97 n4 102 (“a” n1 “f”)  
48 N 57 (”0” N “9”), 65 N 72 (”A” N “F”), 97 N 104 (“a” N “h”)  
N = 85 (U) User defined region  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
-
Sends command to write after defining memory switch using the definition command specified by the  
following classes.  
Memory switch information defined by the command to write is written to the volatile memory.  
When writing to the volatile memory by the command to write, the printer executes a reset.  
By specifying N = 85 (“U”), it is possible to register any 16 bit data.  
Function  
Class  
m
N
n1 n2 n3 n4  
Definition data write and reset  
Write  
“W”  
“T”  
“, ”  
“+ ”  
“-”  
Fixed at “0”  
Fixed at “0000”  
Fixed at “0000”  
n1 n2 n3 n4  
Definition data write and reset and test print  
Data Definition (Data Specification)  
Write  
Fixed at “0”  
Definition  
Definition  
Definition  
Definition  
N
Data definition (set specified bit)  
N
n1 n2 n3 n4  
Data definition (clear specified bit)  
N
n1 n2 n3 n4  
Data Definition (initialize all data)  
“@”  
Fixed at “0”  
Fixed at “0000”  
Definition data write, reset, test print, and dot adjustment  
Definition data write, dot adjustment, test print, and reset  
• m  
• N  
: Mode Selection  
: Memory switch number to specify  
• n1 n2 n3 n4 : Specified data m = “+” → Specified Data  
m = “+” → Bit number to set  
m = “+” → Bit number to clear  
<Thermal>  
When a function was specified that accompanies position adjustment (m = “K,” “L”), this executes  
only defined data write & reset, but does not execute the position adjustment.  
<Validation>  
When a function was specified that accompanies a self-print, and position adjustment  
(m = “T,” “K,” “L”), this executes only defined data write & reset, but does not execute the self-print  
or position adjustment.  
3-85  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC # @ LF NUL  
[Name] Initialize all memory switches  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
#
@
LF  
NUL  
00  
0
1B 23 40 0A  
27 35 64 10  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Initializes all memory switches  
Valid when power turned on again, or a reset is applied  
ESC # N ? n1 n2 n3 n4 LF NUL  
[Name] Enquire memory switch settings  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
#
N
N
N
?
n1 n2 n3 n4 LF  
3F n1 n2 n3 n4 0A 00  
63 n1 n2 n3 n4 10  
1B 23  
27 35  
0
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
n1 = 48 (“0”), n2 = 48 (“0”), n3 = 48 (“0”), n4 = 48 (“0”)  
48 N 57 (”0” N “9”), 65 N 72 (”A” N “F”), 97 N 104 (“a” N “h”)  
N = 85 (U) User defined region  
Slip  
n1 = 48 (“0”), n2 = 48 (“0”), n3 = 48 (“0”), n4 = 48 (“0”)  
48 N 57 (”0” N “9”), 65 N 72 (”A” N “H”), 97 N 104 (“a” N “h”)  
N = 85 (U) User defined region  
Validation  
n1 = 48 (“0”), n2 = 48 (“0”), n3 = 48 (“0”), n4 = 48 (“0”)  
48 N 57 (”0” N “9”), 65 N 72 (”A” N “H”), 97 N 104 (“a” N “h”)  
N = 85 (U) User defined region  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
-
-
-
Validation  
Sends the memory switch settings.  
By specifying N = 85 (“U”), it is possible to read out any user-registered 16 bit data.  
• N:  
Memory Switch Number  
Transmission Format  
ESC # N ? d1 d2 d3 d4 LF NUL  
• N:  
Memory number  
Memory switch settings  
• d1, d2, d3, d4:  
3-86  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
ESC # * LF NUL  
[Name] Inquire printer version  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
#
*
LF  
NUL  
00  
0
1B 23 2A 0A  
27 35 42 10  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Sends printer version.  
ESC # *, printer version LF NUL  
< Ex: For HSP7000 Ver. 1.0 ESC # *, HSP7000 Ver. 1.0 LF NUL >  
ESC ? LF NUL  
[Name] Reset printer (execute self print)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
?
LF NUL  
1B 3F 0A  
27 63 10  
00  
0
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Hardware resets the printer and executes on self print.  
After sending this command, the next data is not sent until the printer is online (in a state wherein it  
can receive data).  
When resetting the printer, the following processes are performed.  
I/F  
Parallel  
Mode  
Process  
---  
BUSY output  
DTR mark output  
Xoff output  
RS-232C  
DTR mode  
Xon/Xoff Mode  
<Validation>  
Executes only a reset; does not execute a self-print.  
3-87  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
DC3  
[Name] Printer deselect  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
DC3  
13  
19  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
Slip  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Select printer  
Select printer  
Select printer  
Validation  
[Function]  
Deselects printer.  
All received data is discarded until the next DC1 (printer select) is received.  
DC1  
[Name] Select printer  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
DC1  
11  
Decimal  
17  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
Slip  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Select printer  
Select printer  
Select printer  
Validation  
This cancels the deselect state of the DC3 (printer deselect) and selects the printer.  
3-88  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-4) Raster Graphics Command Details  
Raster graphics are command types and incidental specifications that enable high speed and high quality printing of  
graphics.  
The following shows the characteristics and specifications for raster graphics.  
Define the raster mode command as an expansion set for Star Line mode.  
Basically no restrictions set for use of conventional STAR line mode.  
Not usable with Star Page mode.  
Supports high-speed data transmission  
When using IEEE 1284, data transmission rate of 80 to 100 kbytes ensured.  
Supports both fixed lengths and variable length modes.  
Print speed selectable  
Post printing cut operation selectable  
All settings possible by raster commands.  
Most settings are possible without DIPSW/memory switch settings.  
Support of printer driver that supports the raster mode.  
The following shows the raster command details.  
Note that if not specifically noted, the following commands are effective only in raster mode and the commands are  
ignored (Four bytes ignored) when other than the raster mode.  
The raster image buffer in the command details described below indicate the raster dedicated image buffer, the length  
thereof (vertical direction dot count) differing between models.  
The following commands are valid only when thermal has been selected. Their use is prohibited when slip and valida-  
tion have been selected.  
The following commands are valid only when Thermal is selected. Use is prohibited when Slip/Validation is selected.  
3-89  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC * r R  
[Name] Initialize raster mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B 2A  
27 42 114 82  
*
r
R
72 52  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Initializes raster mode.  
This command is also valid when not in the raster mode.  
However, initialization of the raster mode with this command is executed when entering the raster  
mode.  
The following settings are initialized using this command.  
• Raster page length setting (ESC * r P n NUL)  
• Raster print quality setting (ESC * Q n NUL)  
• Raster print quality setting (ESC * r K n NUL)  
• Raster left margin setting (ESC * r m l n NUL)  
• Raster right margin setting (ESC * r m r n NUL)  
• Raster EOT mode setting (ESC FF EOT)  
• Raster FF mode setting (ESC FF NUL)  
• Clear raster image buffer  
Note that when entering the raster mode, it executes the same process as initialization of the raster  
mode using this command.  
However, because initialization is not performed when entering the raster mode only for the following  
settings, when initializing the following it sends this initialization command.  
• Raster print quality setting (ESC * r K n NUL)  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-90  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC * r A  
[Name] Enter raster mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
*
r
A
1B 2A  
72 41  
27 42 114 65  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Enters raster mode.  
This command is ignored when in the raster mode.  
The following shows the details regard processing of this command.  
(1)  
(2)  
Reception of this command.  
All data remaining in the reception buffer and image buffer is printed equivalent to the FF  
command.  
(3)  
(4)  
Initialize raster mode  
Enter raster mode  
When entering raster mode, raster mode is initialized.  
The following shows the contents of the initialization.  
• Raster page length setting (ESC * r P n NUL)  
• Raster print quality setting (ESC * Q n NUL)  
• Raster left margin setting (ESC * r m l n NUL)  
• Raster right margin setting (ESC * r m r n NUL)  
• Raster EOT mode setting (ESC FF EOT)  
• Raster FF mode setting (ESC FF NUL)  
• Clear raster image buffer  
(*) Not initialized when raster mode is entered only when using raster data print color settings.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-91  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC * r B  
[Name] Quit raster mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
*
1B 2A  
27 42  
r
B
72 42  
114 66  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Quits raster mode.  
When raster mode is quit, and raster data remains in the raster mode image buffer, the raster mode  
will be quit after executing raster EOT mode.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
ESC * r C  
[Name] Clear raster data  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
*
1B 2A  
27 42  
r
C
72 43  
114 67  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Clears the image buffer data of the raster mode.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-92  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC * r D n NUL  
[Name] Drawer drive  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
*
r
D
n
n
n
NUL  
00  
0
1B 2A  
27 42  
72 44  
Decimal  
114 68  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 3  
Slip  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 0  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Drives the drawer in the raster mode.  
Drawer drive conditions conform to line mode setting command ESC BEL n1 n2.  
n is a decimal description (max. 255 digits) using ASCII characters.  
n
0
1
2
3
Drive circuits  
None  
External device drive 1 drive  
External device drive 2 drive  
External device drive 1 drive and external device drive 2 drive  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-93  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC * r E n NUL  
[Name] Set raster EOT mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B 2A  
27 42 114 69  
*
r
E
n
n
n
NUL  
00  
0
72 45  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
n = 0, 1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 12, 13  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 13  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Set raster EOT mode  
The EOT mode operates to execute using the raster document quit command ESC FF EOT.  
n is a decimal description (max. 255 digits) using ASCII characters.  
EOT mode setting format  
n
0
Form Feed  
Set To Default  
Cut Feed  
Set To Default  
Cutter  
Set To Default  
1
○ (*1)  
○ (*1)  
○ (*1)  
○ (*1)  
○ (*1)  
○ (*1)  
○ (*1)  
--  
--  
2
--  
3
Tear Bar  
--  
8
--  
--  
Full Cut  
Full Cut  
Partial Cut  
Partial Cut  
9
12  
13  
(*1) Form Feed  
When the printer is a model handling BM and is set for BM to be effective, the set raster mode page  
length is ignored and BM detecting is performed.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-94  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC * r F n NUL  
[Name] Set raster FF mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B 2A  
27 42 114 70  
*
r
F
n
n
n
NUL  
00  
0
72 46  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
n = 0, 1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 12, 13  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 13  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets raster FF mode.  
The FF mode operates to execute using the raster document quit command ESC FF NUL.  
n is a decimal description (max. 255 digits) using ASCII characters.  
FF mode setting format  
n
0
Form Feed  
Set To Default  
Cut Feed  
Set To Default  
Cutter  
Set To Default  
1
○ (*1)  
○ (*1)  
○ (*1)  
○ (*1)  
○ (*1)  
○ (*1)  
○ (*1)  
--  
--  
2
--  
3
Tear Bar  
--  
8
--  
--  
Full Cut  
Full Cut  
Partial Cut  
Partial Cut  
9
12  
13  
(*1) Form Feed  
When the printer is a model handling BM and is set for BM to be effective, the set raster mode page  
length is ignored and BM detecting is performed.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-95  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC * r P n NUL  
[Name] Set raster page length  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
*
r
P
n
n
n
NUL  
00  
0
1B 2A  
27 42  
72 50  
114 80  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Raster image buffer length  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets raster page length.  
n is a decimal description (max. 255 digits) using ASCII characters.  
n
Page length  
0
Continuous print mode (no page length setting)  
Specify page length  
1 n  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
ESC * r Q n NUL  
[Name] Set raster print quality  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B 2A  
27 42 114 81  
*
r
Q
n
n
n
NUL  
00  
0
72 51  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 2  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 0  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets raster print quality.  
n is a decimal description (max. 255 digits) using ASCII characters.  
n
0
1
2
• Print quality  
Specify high speed printing  
Normal print quality  
High print quality  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-96  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC * r m l n NUL  
[Name] Set raster left margin  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
*
r
m
l
n
n
n
NUL  
00  
0
1B 2A  
27 42  
72  
6D  
6C  
Decimal  
114 109 108  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
Slip  
Validation  
[Initial Value]  
Thermal  
Slip  
n = 0  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets raster left margin.  
This command sets the left margin to (n x 8) dots.  
When the left margin exceeds the printable area, or if the left margin specification eliminates the print  
area ((printable region - right margin) left margin specified value), this command is ignored.  
n is a decimal description (max. 255 digits) using ASCII characters.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
ESC * r m r n NUL  
[Name] Set raster right margin  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
*
r
m
6D  
r
72  
n
n
n
NUL  
00  
0
1B 2A  
72  
27 42 114  
109  
114  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 0  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets raster right margin.  
This command sets the right margin to (n x 8) dots.  
When the right margin exceeds the printable area, or if the right margin specification eliminates the  
print area ((printable region - left margin) right margin) specified value, this command is ignored.  
n is a decimal description (max. 255 digits) using ASCII characters.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-97  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC * r T n NUL  
[Name] Set raster top margin  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B 2A  
27 42 114 84  
*
r
T
n
n
n
NUL  
00  
0
72 54  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 2  
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets the raster top margin.  
n is a decimal description (max. 255 digits) using ASCII characters.  
n
0
1
2
Top margin  
Set To Default  
Set top margin using reverse paper feed.  
Set standard top margin.  
(*) This differs according to the model handling this command.  
When in the raster mode, the top margin setting of line mode remains.  
When quitting the raster mode, continue the top margin setting of the raster mode and return to the  
line mode.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-98  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC * r K n NUL  
[Name] Set raster print color  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
*
r
K
n
n
n
NUL  
00  
0
1B 2A  
27 42  
72 4B  
114 75  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 3  
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
n = 0  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets raster print color.  
This command is effective only when specifying the 2 color mode using the line mode.  
This command is ignored when not in the 2 color print mode.  
n is a decimal description (max. 255 digits) using ASCII characters.  
n
0
1
2
3
Print color  
Black  
Cyan  
Magenta  
Yellow  
(*) This command is valid only when using a model that supports 2-color printing. This command is  
ignored on non-compatible models.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-99  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
b n1 n2 data  
[Name] Send raster data (auto line feed)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal 62 n1 n2 d1 d2  
Decimal 98 n1 n2 d1 d2  
b
n1 n2 d1 d2  
... dk  
... dk  
... dk  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
0 n1 255, 0 n2 255, 0 d 255  
k = n1 + n2 x 256, 1 k  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sends raster data.  
Raster data is sent in (n1 + n2 x 256) byte counts as binary data.  
Raster data exceeding the print area currently set is discarded.  
The image buffer expanded position is automatically line fed one dot row and moved to the left mar-  
gin on the next line after expanded the image buffer data 1 dot row using this command.  
Also, data expansion is duplicated on the data in the current image buffer (OR process).  
The following shows expanded image buffer for the set raster print color.  
n is a decimal description (max. 255 digits) using ASCII characters.  
Print color  
Black  
Expanded image buffer  
Image buffer for black  
Cyan  
Image buffer for color  
Magenta  
Yellow  
Image buffer for color  
Image buffer for color  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-100  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
k n1 n2 data  
[Name] Transfer raster data  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
k
n1 n2 d1 d2  
6B n1 n2 d1 d2  
107 n1 n2 d1 d2  
... dk  
... dk  
... dk  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
0 n1 255, 0 n2 255, 0 d 255  
k = n1 + n2 x 256, 1 k  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sends raster data.  
Raster data is sent in (n1 + n2 x 256) byte counts as binary data.  
Raster data exceeding the print area currently set is discarded.  
The image buffer expanded position returns to the head of the current dot row without an automatic  
line fed after expanding the image buffer data 1 dot row using this command.  
Also, data expansion is duplicated on the data in the current image buffer (OR process).  
The following shows expanded image buffer for the set raster print color.  
n is a decimal description (max. 255 digits) using ASCII characters.  
Print color  
Black  
Expanded image buffer  
Image buffer for black  
Cyan  
Image buffer for color  
Magenta  
Yellow  
Image buffer for color  
Image buffer for color  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-101  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC * r Y n NUL  
[Name] Move vertical direction position (Line feed for specified dots)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B 2A  
27 42 114 89  
*
r
Y
n
n
n
NUL  
00  
0
72 59  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Moves vertical direction position.  
Moves position n dots with this command.  
When the current page length setting is in continuous print mode, and n dots exceed the remaining  
dot count of the raster image buffer length, the data in the print buffer is printed, and paper is fed n  
dots when this command is received.  
Also, when the page length is set, data in the print buffer is printed, and paper is fed once the set  
page length when this command is received. The remaining paper feed is performed at the print ex-  
ecution command thereafter.  
n is a decimal description (max. 255 digits) using ASCII characters.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
ESC FF NUL  
[Name] Execute FF mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC FF NUL  
1B 0C  
27 12  
00  
0
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Executes FF mode.  
Executes operation specified by the FF mode setting command ESC * r F n NUL.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-102  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC FF EOT  
[Name] Execute EOT mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC FF EOT  
1B 0C  
27 12  
04  
4
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Executes EOT mode.  
Executes operation specified by the EOT mode setting command ESC * r E n NUL.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
ESC * r N n NUL  
[Name] Discard specified byte count of data  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
*
r
N
n
n
n
NUL  
1B 2A  
27 42  
72 4E  
0
0
114 78  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 n 9999  
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Discard specified byte count of data  
The number of bytes specified by n and later-received data are received and discarded.  
n is a decimal description (max. 4 digits) using ASCII characters.  
This command is value only when in raster mode.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-103  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC * r V m n NUL  
[Name] Execute external buzzer drive  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B 2A  
27 42 114 86 49  
*
r
V
1
n
n
n
NUL  
72 56 31  
0
0
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
m = 49, 50, 1 n 20  
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Repeatedly drives the buzzer according to the ON/OFF conditions set by the external buzzer drive  
pulse condition command ESC GS EM DC1 m n1 n2.  
m specifies the buzzer drive terminal to drive.  
Buzzer Drive Terminals  
m
49  
50  
Buzzer drive terminal 1  
Buzzer drive terminal 2  
Specifies the number of times to repeat buzzer drive with n.  
Buzzer cannot ring while printer is printing.  
This command is prohibited for use for anything other than ringing the buzzer.  
(When this command is used for the drawer drive on models equipped with an external device termi-  
nal, it will be damaged, so it is absolutely prohibited.) )  
The buzzer can be stopped by pressing the FEED switch or the RELEASE switch while the buzzer is  
ringing, or opening the receipt cover or the slip cover.  
It is necessary to set the conditions prior to entering raster mode using the external buzzer drive  
pulse conditions command ESC GS EM DC1 m n1 n2.  
n is a decimal description (max. 255 digits) using ASCII characters.  
[Ex.:]  
n1 = 8  
ON  
OFF  
Drive Pulse  
OFF  
ON  
Printing/Paper Feed Prohibited  
Print Operation  
(Note) If the off time is set to 0 (zero), it is possible to ring the buzzer  
continuously for the amount of n1. For example, if on = 5 seconds, off = 0,  
and n1 = 20 times, the buzzer will ring for 100 seconds.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Use prohibited.  
3-104  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-5) Black Mark Related Command Details  
The following commands control top of form functions using black mark paper.  
The following commands are effective only when black mark is set to be effective.  
ESC d n  
[Name] Auto - cutter:  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
d
64  
n
n
n
27  
100  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 3, 48 n 51 (“0” n “3”)  
Slip  
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Executes the auto-cutter.  
After auto-cutter is executed, the printer considers that to be the top of the page.  
n
Auto cutter  
0, 48  
Full cut at the current position.  
Print data in line buffer is printed before a full cut.  
This command is ignored if the printer is not equipped with an auto-cutter.  
Partial cut at the current position.  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
Print data in line buffer is printed before a partial cut.  
This command is ignored if the printer is not equipped with an auto-cutter.  
After executing top of form, paper is fed to cutting position, then a full cut.  
Print data in line buffer is printed before the operation described above.  
This command is ignored if the printer is not equipped with an auto-cutter.  
After executing top of form, paper is fed to cutting position, then a partial cut.  
Print data in line buffer is printed before the operation described above.  
This command is ignored if the printer is not equipped with an auto-cutter.  
(*) The auto-cutter function operates in the following ways on models that only have a full cut or a  
partial cut.  
• Models that perform only a full cut.:  
Executes a full cut when for instructions calling for a  
partial cut.  
• Models that perform only a partial cut.:  
Executes a partial cut when there are for instructions  
calling for a full cut.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Three bytes ignored  
3-105  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
FF  
[Name] Execute top of form  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal 0C  
Decimal 12  
FF  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Slip  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Executes top of form.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
One byte ignored  
ESC C n  
[Name] Set page length to n lines  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
C
n
n
n
1B 43  
27 67  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
1 n 127  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
-
[Initial Value]  
(Form feed amount initial value x 42)  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
When black mark is effective, this command is ignored.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Three bytes ignored  
3-106  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC C 0 n  
[Name] Set page length to n x 24 mm units  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
C
0
0
0
n
n
n
1B 43  
27 67  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 n 22  
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
(Form feed amount initial value x 42)  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
When black mark is effective, this command is ignored.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Four bytes ignored  
3-107  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
VT  
[Name] Feed paper to vertical tab position  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal 0B  
Decimal 11  
VT  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Slip  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
When black mark is effective, this command is ignored.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
One byte ignored  
ESC B n1 n2 … nk NUL  
[Name] Set vertical tab position  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
B
n1 n2  
.. nk NUL  
1B 42 n1 n2  
27 66 n1 n2  
.. nk  
.. nk  
00  
0
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 n 255, 0 k 16  
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
When black mark is effective, this command is ignored.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Received and discarded up to <NUL>.  
3-108  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC B NUL  
[Name] Clear vertical tab position  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
B
NUL  
00  
0
1B 42  
27 66  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
When black mark is effective, this command is ignored.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Three bytes ignored  
3-109  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-6) 2-Color Printing Command Details  
The following commands control 2-color printing functions.  
The following commands are effective only when using a model handling 2-color printing.  
ESC RS c n  
[Name] Set print color in 2-color print mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
RS  
c
n
n
n
1E 63  
30 99  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 1, 48 n 49, (“0” n “1”)  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 0, 48 (When in 2-color print mode)  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies print color in 2 color print mode.  
This command is ignored when not in the 2-color print mode.  
Specifies black for the print color when in 2-color print mode.  
The specification of this command is cleared only when the printer is reset.  
The specification of this command is not cleared by ESC @ CAN.  
However, print color is initialized to black by the ESC @ and CAN only when in the compatible 2-  
color print mode.  
n
Specifies 2-color print mode color  
0, 48  
1, 49  
Black  
Red  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-110  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC RS C n  
[Name] Select/cancel 2-color print mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
RS  
C
n
n
n
1E 43  
30 67  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 2, 48 n 50 (“0” n “2”), n = 16, n =32  
Slip  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 0, 48  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
n
Print Mode Specification  
0, 48  
1, 49  
16  
Single Color Mode  
2-color Mode  
Low-power Consumption Mode  
Double Resolution Mode  
32  
• This command is ignored when the low-power consumption mode is selected by the DIP switches.  
• The specification of this command is not cleared by ESC @ CAN.  
• Prints data in line buffer, if unprinted data exists in the line buffer.  
• This command is processed after quitting the current print.  
• Commands that select the same mode are ignored in the currently selected mode.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-111  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC 4  
[Name] (Thermal) Specify black/white inversion/(Slip) specify black/white inversion/specify red/black color  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
4
1B 34  
27 52  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
White/black inversion cancelled  
White/black inversion cancelled/black color printing specified  
White/black inversion cancelled/black color printing specified  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies white/black inversion for ANK characters and Kanji characters.  
IBM block ignores white/black inversion.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
This command function is based on the selection of red/black substitute function.  
The red/black substitute function is selected by the memory switch or the command ESC GS 4 m n.  
For details on selecting the red/black substitute function using a command, see the explanation of  
ESC GS 4 below, and for details on selecting the red/black substitute function using the memory  
switch, see the printer specifications manual.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
ESC 5  
[Name] (Thermal) Cancel black/white inversion/(Slip) cancel black/white inversion/specify red/black color  
[Code] ASCII ESC  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
5
1B 35  
27 53  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
White/black inversion cancelled  
White/black inversion cancelled/black color printing specified  
White/black inversion cancelled/black color printing specified  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Cancels white/black inversion for ANK characters and Kanji characters.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
This command function is based on the selection of red/black substitute function.  
The red/black substitute function is selected by the memory switch or the command ESC GS 4 m n.  
For details on selecting the red/black substitute function using a command, see the explanation of  
ESC GS 4 below, and for details on selecting the red/black substitute function using the memory  
switch, see the printer specifications manual.  
(Note) The settings using this command are valid for all stations and modes.  
3-112  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC RS d n  
[Name] Set print density  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC RS  
d
n
n
n
1B  
27  
1E  
64  
Decimal  
30 100  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
0 n 15  
48 n 57 (“0” n “9”), 65 n 70 (“A” n “F”)  
:
:
:
:
:
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Memory switch setting  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets print density.  
This command stops printing to be executed.  
When in 2-color print mode, this can set the print density of red print.  
n
Print Density  
Single Color Printing Mode  
Print density 1.3  
Print density 1.2  
Print density 1.1  
Print density 1.0  
Print density 0.9  
Print density 0.8  
Print density 0.7  
(Reserved)  
2-color Printing Mode Red Print Density  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
4, 52  
5, 53  
6, 54  
7, 55  
8, 56  
9, 57  
10, 65  
11, 66  
12, 67  
13, 68  
14, 69  
15, 70  
Print density 1.2  
Print density 1.2  
Print density 1.0  
Print density 1.0  
Print density 1.0  
Print density 0.8  
Print density 0.8  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
(Reserved)  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-113  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC RS r n  
[Name] Set printing speed  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
RS  
1E  
r
n
n
n
1B  
27  
72  
30 114  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 2, 48 n 50, (“0” n “2”)  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Memory switch setting  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets print speed.  
This command stops printing to be executed.  
Because 2-color print mode prints in one speed, the speed settings with this command are invalid.  
This command setting becomes valid when returned from the two-color print mode to the single color  
print mode.  
n
Print Speed  
Single Color Printing Mode  
High speed  
2-color Printing Mode  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
2-color Printing Mode Speed  
2-color Printing Mode Speed  
2-color Printing Mode Speed  
Mid-speed  
Slow speed  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-114  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC FS q n [x11 x12 y11 y12 d1 … dk]1 … [xn1 xn2 yn1 yn2 d1 … dk] n  
[Name] Register logo  
ESC FS  
1B 1C  
q
n
n
n
[x11  
[x11  
[x11  
x12  
x12  
x12  
y11 y12 d1 .. dk]1 .. [xn1 xn2 yn1 yn2 d1 .. dk]n  
y11 y12 d1 .. dk]1 .. [xn1 xn2 yn1 yn2 d1 .. dk]n  
y11 y12 d1 .. dk]1 .. [xn1 xn2 yn1 yn2 d1 .. dk]n  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
71  
27  
28 113  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
1 n 255  
0 xn1 255, 0 xn2 3 1 (xn1 + xn2 x 256) 1023  
0 yn1 255, 0 yn2 1 1 (yn1 + yn2 x 256) 288  
0 d 255  
k = {(xn1 + xn2 x 256) x (yn1 + yn2 x 256) x 8}  
Slip  
1 n 255  
0 xn1 255, 0 xn2 3 1 (xn1 + xn2 x 256) 1023  
0 yn1 255, 0 yn2 1 1 (yn1 + yn2 x 256) 288  
0 d 255  
k = {(xn1 + xn2 x 256) x (yn1 + yn2 x 256) x 8}  
Validation  
1 n 255  
0 xn1 255, 0 xn2 3 1 (xn1 + xn2 x 256) 1023  
0 yn1 255, 0 yn2 1 1 (yn1 + yn2 x 256) 288  
0 d 255  
k = {(xn1 + xn2 x 256) x (yn1 + yn2 x 256) x 8}  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
-
-
-
Validation  
Parameter details  
• n:  
Specifies registered logo count  
• xn1, xn2:  
• yn1, yn2:  
• d:  
Horizontal size of registered logo {(xn1 + xn2 x 256) x 8} dots  
Vertical size of registered logo {(yn1 + yn2 x 256) x 8} dots  
Registered logo data  
• k:  
Logo data count  
This command should be specified at the top of the line.  
When the first parameter is determined to be free of error, the printer starts processing this com-  
mand.  
When logo register processing starts, all previously defined data is deleted.(It is not possible to re-  
register a portion of a plurality of defined logo data.)  
Logo registration numbers are defined in rising order from 1.  
If the defined area specified by the parameter is not empty, or if there is an error in the parameter  
specification, register processing is aborted.(The pre-registered and complete data is effective.)  
The printer should be reset if logo registration is completed or register processing is aborted.  
If an error occurs while performing register processing (the time from when the first parameter is OK  
until the printer initialization is completed after registering a logo), error processing, mechanical op-  
eration and status processing cannot be performed. Also, data must not be sent from the host during  
that time.  
This command is executed only for logo registration and does not accompany the printing operation.  
Logos are printed using the ESC FS p (print NV logo) command.  
• The NV memory capacity is 4 Mbits (512 Kbytes = 524,288 bytes).  
However, 4 Kbytes (4,096 bytes) are kept as parameter information separate to the data so the data  
region memory capacity is 520,192 Bytes.  
Ex.:  
When the registered data size per each one is 6 Kbytes (6,144 bytes), it is possible to regis-  
ter 520,192/6144 = 84.  
<When registering logos for 2 color printing>  
Registration is possible regardless of the 2 color printing mode being specified or cancelled. Register  
logos with the same capacity as the logo register number k (odd number) and k + 1 (even number).  
If the capacity differs or the logo register number is 255, this command is ignored by the logo print  
command in the 2 color print mode.  
3-115  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
(Note) The registered data is shared by all stations and modes.  
If this command is used frequently, there is the possibility of damaging the non-volatile  
memory. Write to the non-volatile memory less than 10 times in one day.  
Relationship of logo and registered data  
xn = xn1 + xn2 x 256, yn = yn1 + yn2 x 256  
{ (xn 1 + xn2 x 256) x 8 } dot  
Data  
MSB  
d(n1)  
d(n2)  
d(11)  
d(21)  
d(22)  
d(12)  
(yn1 + yn2 x 256) bite  
(yn1 + yn2 x 256) x 8 dot  
LSB  
d(x1)  
d(x2)  
d(xn)  
3-116  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC FS p n m  
[Name] Print logo  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC FS  
1B 1C  
p
n
n
n
m
m
m
70  
Decimal  
27 28 112  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
1 n 255  
0 m 3, 48 m 51, (“0” m “3”)  
Slip  
1 n 255  
0 m 3, 48 m 51, (“0” m “3”)  
Validation  
1 n 255  
0 m 3, 48 m 51, (“0” m “3”)  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
-
-
-
Validation  
Prints the logo of registration number n registered using the logo registration command ESC FS q  
according to the print mode m.  
n: Logo Specification  
Function  
n
1 to 255  
Specified logo number  
m: Printing Mode  
m
Logo print mode  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
Normal mode  
Double wide mode  
Double high mode  
Double high/wide mode  
If the parameter is within the defined region, execute this command after printing the unprinted data  
in the line buffer.  
(Unprinted data is printed regardless of whether the specified logo was registered by n.) )  
It is not possible to print with other data in one line (characters, bit images, bar codes).  
Form feed obeys the vertical print size of the logo.  
Print modes, excluding upside-down printing (enhanced, double, underline, character size, black/  
white inverted, and 90˚ right rotation) are unaffected.  
If the logo horizontal print size exceeds the horizontal print region, the portion exceeding the area is  
not printed.  
Logos are printed according to the following command settings.  
• Left margin (ESC I n)  
• Right margin (ESC Q n)  
• Position alignment (ESC GS a n)  
• Absolute position movement (ESC GS A n1 n2)  
• Relative position movement (ESC GS R n1 n2)  
• Horizontal tab (HT)  
• Upside-down printing (SI)  
<When using the 2 color print mode>  
When the logo register number n is odd:  
Register number n is printed in black; register number n + 1 is printed in red and overlapped.  
The command is ignored when the capacity of the register number n and the capacity of the  
register number n + 1 are different.  
The command is ignored when the register number n = 255 is specified.  
When the logo register number n is even:  
Register number n is printed in black; register number n - 1 is printed in red and overlapped.  
The command is ignored when the capacity of the register number n and the capacity of the  
register number n - 1 are different.  
The command is ignored when the register number n = 255 is specified.  
3-117  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-7) Mark Command Details  
This command is specialized to mark sheet printing for lotteries. This command can print lines.  
Print Sample  
<Print Sample>  
L O T T E R Y 1 0  
01 05 32 85 86 50 70 77 08  
50 21 42 46 40 12 02 06 78  
Mark Printing  
2003/04/08 STAR Micronics co.., ltd  
No. 0304081254896  
Command Transmission Example  
• Mark Format  
Mark Height h = 10 dots; Mark Line Feed Amount V = 20 dots  
Mark number 0: Mark Color c = White; Mark Horizontal Width w = 16 dots  
Mark number 1: Mark Color c = Black; Mark Horizontal Width w = 40 dots  
Mark number 2: Mark Color c = White; Mark Horizontal Width w = 40 dots  
Mark 1  
Hor. W  
Mark 0  
Hor. W  
Mark 2  
Hor. W  
Mark height h  
Mark 1  
Mark 1  
Mark 1  
Mark 0  
Mark 0  
Mark 0  
Mark 1  
Mark 2  
Mark 1  
Mark 0  
Mark 0  
Mark 0  
Mark 1  
Mark 1  
Mark 2  
Mark 0  
Mark 0  
Mark 0  
Mark 2  
Mark 1  
Mark 2  
Mark LF amount v  
Mark height h  
Mark height h  
Mark LF amount v  
Mark LF amount v  
• Transmission Example  
(1) Mark Height; Line Feed Amount Setting  
<ESC> <GS> * 1 h v (h = “010”, v = “020”)  
(2) Color of Each Mark Number, Horizontal Width Setting  
<ESC> <GS> * 2 m c w (Mark Number 0 Setting: m = “0”, c = “0”, w = “016”)  
<ESC> <GS> * 2 m c w (Mark Number 0 Setting: m = “1”, c = “1”, w = “040”)  
<ESC> <GS> * 2 m c w (Mark Number 0 Setting: m = “2”, c = “0”, w = “040”)  
(3) Register mark format specified by (1) and (2) in advance to the non-volatile memory.  
(It is possible to print a mark without registering in the non-volatile memory.)  
<ESC> <GS> * W  
(4) Mark Printing  
<ESC><GS> * 0 n m1 m2 m3 m4 m5 m6 m7  
(n = “007”, m1 = “1”, m2 = “0”, m3 = “1”, m4 = “0”, m5 = “1”, m6 = “0”, m7 = “2”)  
<ESC><GS> * 0 n m1 m2 m3 m4 m5 m6 m7  
(n = “007”, m1 = “1”, m2 = “0”, m3 = “2”, m4 = “0”, m5 = “1”, m6 = “0”, m7 = “1”)  
<ESC><GS> * 0 n m1 m2 m3 m4 m5 m6 m7  
(n = “007”, m1 = “1”, m2 = “0”, m3 = “1”, m4 = “0”, m5 = “2”, m6 = “0”, m7 = “2”)  
3-118  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS * 0 n m1 m2 m3 … mk  
[Name] Print Mark  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
*
0
n
n
n
m1  
m1  
m1  
m2 m3  
m2 m3  
m2 m3  
... mk  
... mk  
... mk  
1D 2A 30  
29 42 48  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
“001” n “255”, “0” m “9”, k = n  
Slip  
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Prints mark number specified by m, based on the pre-specified mark format (mark height, mark line  
feed amount, mark color, and mark horizontal width).  
n indicates the number of marks to print. When there are 10 marks (m1 to m10), n = “010.”  
m indicates the mark number to print.  
n, m are ASCII character strings that are expressed in decimal. They are composed of character  
codes from “0” to “9.”  
This command is ignored if print data exists in the image buffer.  
Therefore, this cannot exist with other print data (characters, bit images, bar codes).  
If the specified mark does not fit in the remaining print region, the number of bytes specified by n are  
received and discarded.  
If n is outside of the defined area, data thereafter is processed as normal data.  
This command is affected by position alignment, left margin, position movement, position such as  
horizontal tabs, and upside-down printing.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
All data received and discarded.  
3-119  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS * 1 h v  
[Name] Specify mark height and line feed  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
*
1
h
h
h
v
v
v
1D 2A 31  
29 42 49  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
“001” h “255”, “001” v “255”, h v  
Slip  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Non-volatile memory  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies mark height and line feed  
v indicates mark height (number of dots); v indicates mark line feed amount (number of dots).  
h, v are ASCII character strings that are expressed in decimal. They are composed of character  
codes from “0” to “9.”  
If a small line feed amount is specified, there is the possibility that intermittent printing could occur,  
so a setting of v = 16 dots or higher is recommended.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
ESC GS * 2 m c w  
[Name] Specifies mark color and mark horizontal width in each mark number.  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
D
*
2
m
m
m
c
c
c
w
w
w
1
2A 32  
27  
29 42 50  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
“0” m “9”, “0” c ”1”, “001” w “999”  
Slip  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
Non-volatile memory  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies mark color and mark horizontal width in each mark number.  
m indicates the mark number.  
c indicates the mark color.  
w indicates the mark horizontal width (number of dots).  
If w exceeds the currently set print region, this command is ignored.  
m, c, w are ASCII character strings that are expressed in decimal. They are composed of character  
codes from “0” to “9.”  
c
Mark Color  
“0”(48)  
“1”(49)  
White  
Black  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-120  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS * W  
[Name] Register mark format to non-volatile memory  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
*
W
1D 2A 57  
29 42 87  
Decimal  
27  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Slip  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Registers the mark format (mark height, mark line feed amount, mark color, and mark horizontal  
width) in non-volatile memory.  
After registration to the non-volatile memory, execute a printer reset.  
ESC GS * C  
[Name] Initialize mark format in non-volatile memory  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
*
C
1D 2A 43  
29 42 67  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Initializes the mark format (mark height, mark line feed amount, mark color, and mark horizontal  
width) registered in non-volatile memory.  
After initialization, resets the printer.  
Mark Format Initial Value  
• Mark Height:  
• Mark Line Feed Amount:  
• Mark Color:  
“016” (16 dots)  
“032” (32 dots)  
“0” (White  
→ All Mark Numbers)  
• Mark Horizontal Width:  
“080” (80 dots) → All Mark Numbers)  
3-121  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-8) AUTO LOGO Function Command Details  
If the portion that was changed was only the product name in a system, like the one below, already operating, this  
command functions to print a logo like the one below by only changing the product name. This function has two oper-  
ating modes.  
1) Standard Auto Logo Function  
Preset the Auto Logo function, and execute the following operations with the printing cut command under the existing  
system as a trigger.  
(1) Auto Logo function starts up using the existing system cut command as a trigger.  
(2) Execute printing if print data exists in the image buffer.  
(3) Execute user macro 1.  
(4) Auto Logo Printing  
(5) Execute user macro 2.  
By Auto Logo embedding a preset command character “/” and the logo number “2” to print, in the current print data,  
logo 2 is printed by the (4) Auto Logo Print. In other words, If “CHEESE BURGER / 2” is registered as a product, a  
coupon for logo 2 will automatically printed for the purchaser of the cheese burger. Also, if logo 1 of the header is  
used in the company logo, and “cut command + logo 1 print command” are registered in the user macro 2 of (5), the  
company name of logo 1 will be printed. The user macro 1 of (3) is used when a center alignment of the auto logo is  
necessary. In such a case, it is necessary to register the left alignment command in the user macro 2 of (5), and to  
return based on the settings.  
Header  
Logo1㩷  
********************  
MCDONALD’S  
********************  
********************  
1
C.  
HEESEBURGER $2.00  
MCDONALD’S  
2 C. OKE $1.00  
********************  
---------------------------------  
TOTAL $3.00㩷  
2C.OKE$1.00
1.CHEESEBURGER $2.00  
Current System  
Print Data  
---------------------------------  
TOTAL  
$3.00㩷  
1. AutoLogo triggered by cut  
command  
3. User macro 1 executed  
Partial Cut㩷  
Current System Print Dataꢀ  
㪣㫆㪾㫆㪉㩷  
Cheeseburger  
Partial Cutꢀ  
4. AutoLogo printedꢀ  
COKE  
Logo3㩷  
5. User macro 2 executed  
Paper is cut  
Header logo is printed  
Header  
********************  
MCDONALD’S  
3-122  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
2) Simple Auto Logo Function  
Preset the simple Auto Logo function, and execute the following operations with the printing cut command under the  
existing system as a trigger.  
(1) Simple Auto Logo function starts up using the existing system cut command as a trigger.  
(2) Center alignment command process  
(3) Execute printing of logo 2.  
(4) Paper is fed to cutting position, then a partial cut is executed.  
(5) Execute printing of logo 1.  
(6) Recover position alignment command to setting to before execution of simple Auto Logo  
With the simple Auto Logo function the logo number of the logo to print is predetermined.  
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷Header  
Logo1㩷  
********************  
MCDONALD’S  
********************  
********************  
1.CHEESEBURGER $2.00  
MCDONALD’S  
2.COKE  
$1.00  
********************  
---------------------------------  
TOTAL $3.00㩷  
2.COKE$1.00
1.CHEESEBURGER $2.00  
Current System  
Print Dataꢀ  
-----------------------------------  
TOTAL  
$3.00㩷  
1. AutoLogo triggered by cut command  
2. Center alignment  
3. Logo2 is printedꢀ  
Current System Print Data  
Footer  
Logo2㩷  
4. Paper is fed to cutting position and  
partially cut  
5. Logo1 is printed.  
6. Returns to position alignmentꢀ  
Header  
Logo1㩷  
********************  
MCDONALD’S  
3-123  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
Command Transmission Example  
1) Set the Auto Logo function in advance and register to the non-volatile memory.  
ESC GS / 1 n ( n = 0x01 ):  
ESC GS / 2 n ( n = “/” ):  
ESC GS / 3 nL nH d1 d2 … dk:  
nL = 4 nH = 0:  
Auto Logo Function ON  
Auto Logo Command Character (“/”) Specification  
User macro 1 definition  
Register macro data count = 4 bytes  
Registration macro  
d1 = 0x1b d2 = 0x1d d2 = 0x61 d3 = 0x01:  
<ESC GS a 1: Center alignment>  
User macro 2 definition  
Register macro data count = 12 bytes  
Registered macro <ESC d 3: Cut position partial Cut>  
ESC GS / 4 nL nH d1 d2 … dk:  
nL = 12 nH = 0:  
d1 = 0x1b d2 = 0x64 d3 = 0x03:  
d4 = 0x1b d5 = 0x1c d6 = 0x70 d7 = 0x01 d8 = 0x00: <ESC FS p 1 0 : Logo 1 print>  
d9 = 0x1b d10 = 0x1d d11 = 0x61 d12 = 0x00: <ESC GS a 0: Left alignment>  
ESC GS / 5 n ( n = 0x01 ):  
ESC GS / 6 n ( n = 0x01 ):  
ESC GS / W:  
Auto Logo command character, space conversion  
Partial cut valid just prior to Auto Logo printing  
Register Auto Logo definition data to  
non-volatile memory.  
2) Embed registered command character in print data and transmit.  
“CHEESE BURGER/2” → “/” is recognized as the command character.  
The command character is converted to a space and “2” specifies logo 2.  
3-124  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS / W  
[Name] Register Auto Logo setting to non-volatile memory  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1b  
GS  
1d  
/
W
2f 57  
27  
29 47 87  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Registers Auto Logo setting to non-volatile memory.  
After registration ends, resets the printer.  
This command is ignored while Auto Logo is executing.  
ESC GS / C  
[Name] Initialize Auto Logo setting from non-volatile memory  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1b  
GS  
1d  
/
C
2f 43  
27  
29 47 67  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
Slip  
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Initializes registered data of the Auto Logo function in the non-volatile memory.  
After initialization ends, resets the printer.  
This command is ignored while Auto Logo is executing.  
The following shows the initial values of the Auto Logo function.  
Initial Value  
Auto Logo Function  
OFF  
Command Character  
User Macro 1  
None  
None  
User Macro 2  
None  
Convert Command Character  
Partial Cut Prior to Auto Logo Printing  
Do not print  
Invalid  
3-125  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS / 1 n  
[Name] Set ON/OFF for Auto Logo function  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
1b  
GS  
1d  
/
1
n
n
n
2f 31  
Decimal  
27  
29 47 49  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 2  
Slip  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 0  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets ON/OFF for Auto Logo function.  
This setting is registered to non-volatile memory by the ESC GS / W command.  
When in the raster mode, the Auto Logo function is ignored.  
This command is ignored while Auto Logo is executing.  
n
0
1
Setting  
Auto Logo Function OFF  
Standard Auto Logo Function ON  
<Operating Specifications>  
(1) Auto Logo function starts up using the existing system cut command as a trigger.  
(2) Execute printing if print data exists in the image buffer.  
(3) Execute user macro 1.  
(4) Auto Log Printing  
(5) Execute user macro 2.  
2
Simple Auto Logo Function ON  
<Operating Specifications>  
(1) Auto Logo function starts up using the existing system cut command as a trigger.  
(2) Execute printing if print data exists in the image buffer.  
(3) Execute center alignment.  
(4) Print logo 2 (2-color printing setting: Logo 3)  
(5) Paper is fed to cutting position, then a partial cut is executed.  
(6) Printing of logo 1.  
(7) Recover position alignment setting  
(Note)  
When this is set, user macros and command characters are invalid.  
When this is set, the command character “/” is printed as “/”. )  
The following shows the command that is the trigger for the Auto Logo function.  
If the standard Auto Logo function is turned ON by n = 1, the trigger command below functions only  
as a trigger, so the cutting operation is not executed. Therefore, it is necessary to register an arbi-  
trary cutting command in user macro 2.  
If the simple Auto Logo function is turned ON by n = 2, the cutting command is executed, and is the  
trigger for the simple Auto Logo function.  
• ESC d n:  
• FF:  
Cut Command  
Allocated to cut function  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-126  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS / 2 n  
[Name] Set command characters  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC GS  
/
3
n
n
n
1b  
27  
1d  
2f 32  
29 47 50  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
32 n 127, n = 0  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 0  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets command character for the Auto Logo function.  
This setting is registered to non-volatile memory by the ESC GS / W command.  
This command is ignored while Auto Logo is executing.  
n
32 to 127  
0
Setting  
Command Character  
No set command characters  
Command characters are characters that are commands for specifying the logo number to print with  
Auto Logo printing.  
If the “/” is specified for the command character, “/2/3” is embedded in the print data.  
The printer processes “/” not as character data but as a command, stores the number continuing af-  
ter, and prints as an Auto Logo in the stored order.  
Therefore, if “/2/3/” is embedded, the Auto Logo is printed in the order of logo 2, logo 3.  
At that time, if the specified logo is not registered, logo printing is ignored.  
If the setting is for not command character setting, no logo will be printed.  
Note that “/2/3” is processed as a command so there is no print.  
However, “/2/3/” is converted to a space by the ESC GS /5 n command.  
Also, only the initial logo is printed if the same logo is duplicated, such as in “/2/3/2/2.”  
32 logos can be stored as Auto Logos.  
Continuing the command character, the following shows the defined area of the character d of the  
logo number specification.  
“1” d “9”  
(49 d ≤ 57) → Logo number 1 to 9  
“A” d “F”  
(65 d ≤ 70) → Logo number 10 to 16  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-127  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS / 3 nL nH d1 d2 … dk  
[Name] Set user macro 1  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1b  
GS  
1d  
/
3
nL nH d1 d2  
... dk  
... dk  
... dk  
2f 33 nL nH d1 d2  
27  
29 47 51 nL nH d1 d2  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
1 nL 64, nH = 0  
1 (nL + nH x 256) 64  
dk = (nL + nH x 256)  
0 d 255  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
No user macro 1 setting  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets user macro 1 for the Auto Logo function.  
This setting is registered to non-volatile memory by the ESC GS / W command.  
This command is ignored while Auto Logo is executing.  
Registers print data in user macro 1.  
Maximum 64 bytes of registered data  
Note that registering Auto Logo command characters in the user macros is prohibited.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-128  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS / 4 nL nH d1 d2 … dk  
[Name] Set user macro 2  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1b  
GS  
1d  
/
4
nL nH d1 d2  
... dk  
... dk  
... dk  
2f 34 nL nH d1 d2  
27  
29 47 52 nL nH d1 d2  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
1 nL 64, nH = 0  
1 (nL + nH x 256) 64  
dk = (nL + nH x 256)  
0 d 255  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
No user macro 2 setting  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets user macro 2 for the Auto Logo function.  
This setting is registered to non-volatile memory by the ESC GS / W command.  
This command is ignored while Auto Logo is executing.  
Registers print data in user macro 2.  
Maximum 64 bytes of registered data  
Note that registering Auto Logo command characters in the user macros is prohibited.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-129  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS / 5 n  
[Name] Set command character switching method  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
1b  
GS  
1d  
/
5
n
n
n
2f 35  
Decimal  
27  
29 47 53  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 1  
Slip  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 0  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets command character conversion method for the Auto Logo function.  
This setting is registered to non-volatile memory by the ESC GS / W command.  
This command is ignored while Auto Logo is executing.  
n
0
1
Setting  
Does not print command character or logo number continuing after that.  
Converts the command character and logo number that follows in a space character (0 x 20).  
If “/” is specified for the command character, the “/2” embedded in the print data is processed not as  
a character string but as a command.  
At that time, “/2” is processed as a command so there is no print.  
However, “/2” is converted to a space by the n = 1 specification of this command.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-130  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS / 6 n  
[Name] Partial cut setting just prior to Auto Logo printing  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1b  
GS  
1d  
/
6
n
n
n
2f 36  
27  
29 47 54  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 1  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 0  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets the partial cut setting just prior to Auto Logo printing  
This setting is registered to non-volatile memory by the ESC GS / W command.  
This command is ignored while Auto Logo is executing.  
n
0
1
Setting  
Does not execute partial cut just prior to Auto Logo printing  
Executes partial cut just prior to Auto Logo printing  
Header  
********************  
MCDONALD’S  
********************  
2.COKE  
$1.00  
1.CHEESEBURGER $2.00  
-----------------------------------  
TOTAL $3.00  
1. AutoLogo triggered by cut  
command  
Partial Cut  
2. User macro 1 is executed  
Cheeseburger  
COKE  
Logo2 is printed  
Partial Cut  
3. AutoLogo is printed.  
Logo3 is printed  
4. User macro 2 is executed.  
Paper is cut.  
Head logo is printed  
Header  
********************  
MCDONALD’S  
3-131  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
This command selects execution of a partial cut just prior to Auto Logo Logo 2, and Logo 3, when  
executing Logos 2 and 3 as an Auto Logo print, as shown above.  
If a partial cut is set to be executed by this function, it is possible to supply coupons printed by Auto  
Logo cut by the partial cut.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-132  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-9) 2-dimensional Bar Codes PDF417 Command Details  
This command prints 2-dimensional bar codes PDF417.  
Commands for 2-dimensional bar codes PDF417 are separated into the following four functions.  
1)  
2)  
3)  
4)  
Bar code type setting  
Bar code data setting  
Bar code printing  
(<ESC> <GS> “x” “S”)  
(<ESC> <GS> “x” “D”)  
(<ESC> <GS> “x” “P”)  
(<ESC> <GS> “x” “I”)  
Get bar code expansion information  
The details of the functions are outlined below.  
1)  
Bar code type setting  
These commands set the bar code type.  
These are all set to default. Only use them if you wish to make changes. (Refer to following details for settings.) )  
p1  
p2  
START  
STOP  
PDF417 are composed of fixed patterns for start and stop, and bar patterns called code words.  
Code words are composed of 17 modules.  
4
1 1 1 1 1  
3
5
<Code Word>  
Specify the p1 and p2 values using <ESC> <GS> “x” “S” “0.”  
With the USE_LIMITS mode, specify the ratio of p1 and p2; with the USE_FIXED mode, specify the p1 (number of  
lines) and p2 (number of code words per line).  
Specify the error correction level value using <ESC> <GS> “x” “S” “1.”  
It is possible to read PDF417 even part of the data is corrupted, using error correction.  
If this level is raised, the bar code size is increased because there is more backup information.  
Specify the size of the module that composes code words using <ESC> <GS> “x” “S” “2” and <ESC> <GS> “x” “S” “3.”  
The X direction size of the module is determined by <ESC> <GS> “x” “S” “2” and the Y direction size of the module is  
determined from an aspect ratio using <ESC> <GS> “x” “S” “3.”  
The module size setting is the basis for the generated bar code image, so print results will differ according to these  
settings.  
<Printable Bar Code Size>  
Vertical Size (Dots)  
640  
Horizontal Size (Dots)  
640  
3-133  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
These are individual settings, so the following errors may occur even if there are no problems. In such cases, the bar  
code will not be generated, and the (3) print command ((<ESC> <GS> “x” “P”) will be ignored.  
• An error occurs when generating the bar code by the combination of bar code settings.  
• When the generated bar code exceeds the printable PDF417 size.  
• When the print data exceeds the currently set print region.  
It is recommended to use the (4) Get bar code expansion information command (<ESC> <GS> “x” “I”) as a means for  
checking for these errors prior to printing.  
2) Bar code data setting command  
This command set the bar code print data.  
3) Bar code printing command  
This command prints the bar codes based on the settings of (1) and (2).  
4) Get bar code expansion information command  
This command checks whether a bar code can be printed based on the settings of (1) and (2).  
= Precautions When Using the Commands =  
• For (1) and (2), the setting values are retained if the following operations are not applied.  
• New setting command is sent.  
• Initialize commands are sent (<ESC> @, <CAN>)  
• Power is turned off.  
• With regard to (3) and (4), send as needed.  
• Printing  
• When printing, the horizontal tabs, absolute position specification, relative position specification, and position  
movement using position alignment are valid.  
• Upside down printing and 2-color printing are possible.  
• Bar codes to be printed should always be confirmed through an actual printout.  
Lastly is a command transmission example.  
(1) Bar code type setting  
<ESC> <GS> “x” “S” “0” 0 2 3:  
<ESC> <GS> “x” “S” “1” 3:  
<ESC> <GS> “x” “S” “2” 3:  
<ESC> <GS> “x” “S” “3” 3:  
Sets bar code size to USE_LIMITS = 2:3  
Sets ECC level to 3.  
Sets module X direction size to 3 dots.  
Sets module aspect ratio to 3.  
(2) Bar code data setting  
<ESC> <GS> “x” “D” 10 0 “0123456789”: Sets bar code data.  
(3) Print bar code  
To confirm printability using the current settings, confirm the bar code expansion information.  
<ESC> <GS> “x” “I”: Confirms bar code expansion information.  
<ESC> <GS> “x” “P”: Prints  
3-134  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS x S 0 n p1 p2  
[Name] PDF417 bar code size setting  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
x
S
0
n
n
n
p1 p2  
p1 p2  
p1 p2  
78 53 30  
27  
29 120 83 48  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
n = 0, 1  
When n = 0 1 p1 99, 1 p2 99  
When n = 1 p1 = 0 or 3 p1 90, p2 = 0 or 1 p2 30 (However, this excludes p1 = p2 =  
0.)  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 0, p1 = 1, p2 = 2  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Parameter details  
n
p1, p2  
(Bar Code Size Specification Method)  
(Size Specification)  
0
USE_LIMITS  
(Specifies ratio of bar code verti-  
cal/horizontal directions)  
p1: p2: Distribution ratio of vertical (p1) and horizontal (p2)  
However, p1: p2 = 1 : 99 to 10:1 ( p1/p2 = 0.01 to 10)  
1
USE_FIXED  
p1: Number of lines (0, 3 to 90); p2: Number of columns (0, 1  
(Specifies number of lines, and  
number of columns in the bar  
code.)  
to 30)  
However, p1 * p2 928  
If either p1 or p2 is set to 0, it indicates that that value is vari-  
able.  
Setting of the bar code size using this command specifies the general size. The size is automatically  
corrected by other settings.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
ESC GS x S 1 n  
[Name] Set PDF417 ECC (security level)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
29  
x
S
1
n
n
n
78 53 31  
120 83 49  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
0 n 8  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 1  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Parameter details  
• n: ECC level (0 to 8)  
:
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-135  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS x S 2 n  
[Name] Set PDF417 module X direction size  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
x
S
2
n
n
n
78 53 32  
27  
29 120 83 50  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 n 10  
Slip  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 2  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Parameter details  
• n : Sets the module X direction size (x-dim) (units: dots)  
Specification using this command is recommended to be 2 n.  
To use with n = 1, confirm by actual use.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
ESC GS x S 3 n  
[Name] Set PDF417 module aspect ratio  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
29  
x
S
3
n
n
n
78 53 33  
120 83 51  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 n 10  
Slip  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 3  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Parameter details  
• n: Sets module aspect ratio (asp).  
The module Y direction size is set to [x-dim * asp] by this command.  
Specification using this command is recommended to be 2 n.  
To use with n = 1, confirm by actual use.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-136  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS x D nL nH d1 d2 … dk  
[Name] PDF417 bar code data setting  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
29  
x
D
nL nH d1 d2  
dk  
dk  
dk  
78 44 nL nH d1 d2  
120 68 nL nH d1 d2  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
0 nL 255, 0 nH 255  
1 (nL + nH x 256) 1024  
0 d 255, 1 k 1024  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Parameter details  
• nL+nH×256: Bar code data count  
• dk:  
Bar code data (max. 1024 data)  
When [nL+nH×256] is outside of the defined area, data of [nL+nH×256] bytes is received and dis-  
carded.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
ESC GS x P  
[Name] Print PDF417 bar code  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
x
P
78 50  
27  
29 120 80  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Prints bar code data.  
If there is unprinted data in the line buffer, this command is executed after printing that data.  
Therefore, it is not possible to print with other data in the same line (characters, bit images, bar  
codes).  
Also, if the following errors occur, this command is ignored.  
• An error occurs when generating the bar code by the combination of bar code settings.  
• When the generated bar code exceeds the printable PDF417 size.  
• When the print data exceeds the currently set print region.  
• Bar codes to be printed should always be confirmed through an actual printout.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Four bytes ignored  
3-137  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS x I  
[Name] Get PDF417 bar code expansion information  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
29  
x
I
78 49  
27  
120 73  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
In printing bar codes with the current setting and the printing starting position using this command,  
information such as the presence of errors is sent to the printer.  
Therefore, it is possible to confirm whether printing is possible before actual printing, with this com-  
mand.  
If there is an error, the command is received and discarded even if the print command ESC GS x P  
is sent.  
Also, if the following errors occur, “Error” information is sent to the printer.  
• When an error occurs when generating the bar code by the combination of bar code settings  
• When the generated bar code exceeds the printable PDF417 size.  
• When the print data exceeds the currently set print region.  
Transmission format: <ESC> <GS> “x” “I” n  
n
0
1
No  
Error  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Send <ESC> <GS> “x” “I” 1 (error)  
3-138  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-10) Print Starting Trigger Control Command Details  
This command is for models equipped with an expansion control function that page-controls the command in line units  
by page-controlling the image buffer.  
ESC GS g 0 m n  
[Name] Print starting trigger  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
29  
g
0
m
m
m
n
n
n
67 30  
27  
103 48  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
m = 0, n = 0  
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Starts printing if there is unprinted data in the image buffer.  
Transmission of this command is prohibited when in raster mode.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Six bytes ignored  
ESC GS g 1 m n  
[Name] Set print start timer  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
GS  
1D  
29  
g
1
m
m
m
n
n
n
1B  
27  
67 31  
103 49  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
m = 0, 0 n 255  
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
See the models below.  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets the print starting timer specified by n x 10 msec.  
The print starting timer starts measuring from the point where the reception of print data stops, up to  
the set printing starting time.  
When the set print starting time is reached, this starts printing if there is unprinted data in the image  
buffer.  
Transmission of this command is prohibited when in raster mode.  
n
0
Operating Mode  
Print start timer = default value  
1 to 255  
Print start timer = n x 10 msec  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-139  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-11) 2-dimensional Bar Codes QR Code Command Details  
* QR code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE Incorporated.  
This command prints 2-dimensional bar codes of QR code.  
Commands for 2-dimensional bar codes QR code are separated into the following four functions.  
1) Bar code type setting  
2) Bar code data setting  
(<ESC> <GS> “y” “S”)  
(<ESC> <GS> “y” “D”)  
3) Page mode setting (Reserved)  
4) Bar code printing (<ESC> <GS> “y” “P”)  
5) Get bar code expansion information  
(<ESC> <GS> “y” “I”)  
The details of the functions are outlined below.  
1) Bar code type setting  
These commands set the bar code type.  
These are all set to default. Only use them if you wish to change them. (Refer to following details for settings.)  
Cell  
Alignment Pattern  
Specify model using <ESC> <GS> “y” “S” “0.”  
Currently supported models are model 1 and model 2. To improve tolerance to distortion when codes are large on  
model 2, an alignment pattern has been added to the structure.  
Specify the error correction level using <ESC> <GS> “y” “S” “1.”  
It is possible to read QR code even part of the data is corrupted, using error correction.  
If this level is raised, the bar code size is increased because there is more backup information.  
Specify the size of the cell (one square region that composes the QR code) using <ESC> <GS> “y” “S” “2.”  
The vertical and horizontal sizes for the QR code are equal length squares, but the size of the bar code image gener-  
ated is determined by the cell size.  
See Appendix 7 for details on the actual printed QR code size.  
These are individual settings, so the following errors may occur even if there are no problems. In such cases, the bar  
code will not be generated, and the (4) print command ((<ESC> <GS> “y” “P”) will be ignored, and an error code will  
be returned with (5) get bar code expansion information.  
• An error occurs when generating the bar code by the combination of settings.  
• When the print data exceeds the currently set print region.  
Therefore, it is recommended to use the (5) Get bar code expansion information command (<ESC> <GS> “y” “I”) as a  
means for checking for these errors prior to printing.  
3-140  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
2) Bar code data setting command  
This command set the bar code print data.  
There are four types of data types that can be set by the QR code. They are: numbers, alpha-numeric characters,  
binary and Kanji characters. However, with these specifications, there are two data setting methods. They are: A  
method that specifies that data along with the bar code data (data manual analysis); and a method that specifies only  
the bar code data (data automatic analysis).  
(3) Page mode setting command  
This command is not used.  
4) Bar code printing command  
This command prints the bar codes based on the settings of (1) and (3).  
5) Get bar code expansion information command  
This command checks whether a bar code can be printed based on the settings of (1) to (3).  
= Precautions When Using the Commands =  
• For (1) to (3), the setting values are retained if the following operations are not applied.  
• New setting command is sent.  
• Initialize commands are sent (<ESC> @, <CAN>)  
• Power is turned off.  
• With regard to (2), when an error occurs in command transmission, the set data is cleared, and the command is in-  
valid.  
• With regard to (4) and (5), send as needed.  
• Printing  
• When printing, the horizontal tabs, absolute position specification, relative position specification, and position move-  
ment using position alignment are valid.  
• Upside down printing and 2-color printing are possible.  
• Bar codes to be printed should always be confirmed through an actual printout.  
3-141  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
Below is a command transmission example.  
(1) Bar code type setting  
<ESC> <GS>“y”“S”“0” 1  
<ESC> <GS>“y”“S”“1” 0  
<ESC> <GS>“y”“S”“2” 3  
: Set to model 1.  
: Set error correction level to L.  
: Set cell size to 3 dots.  
2) Bar code data setting  
• <ESC> <GS> “y” “D” “1” 0 20 0 “2005, January 1 (SAT)” <LF>  
: Set bar code data (data automatic analysis)  
• <ESC> <GS> “y” “D” “2” 10 1 4 0 “2005”“,” : Set bar code data (data manual analysis)  
4 2 0 “Year” “,”  
1 1 0 “1” “,”  
4 2 0 “Month” “,”  
1 1 0 “1” “,”  
4 2 0 “Day” “,”  
4 2 0 “(” “,”  
2 3 0 “SAT” “,”  
4 2 0 “)” “,”  
3 1 0 <LF>  
(3) Print bar code  
To confirm printability using the current settings, confirm the bar code expansion information.  
<ESC> <GS> “y” “I” : Confirms bar code expansion information.  
<ESC> <GS> “y” “P” : Prints  
3-142  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS y S 0 n  
[Name] Set QR code model  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
GS  
1D  
y
S
0
n
n
n
1B  
27  
79 53 30  
29 121 83 48  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 n 2  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 2  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets the model.  
• Parameter details  
n
1
2
Set model  
Model 1  
Model 2  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
ESC GS y S 1 n  
[Name] Set QR code mistake correction level  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
29  
Y
S
1
n
n
n
79 53 31  
121 83 49  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 n 3  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 0  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets the error correction level.  
• Parameter details  
n
0
1
2
3
Error Correction Level  
Error Correction Rate (%)  
L
7
M
Q
H
15  
25  
30  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-143  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS y S 2 n  
[Name] Set QR code cell size  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
y
S
2
n
n
n
79 53 32  
27  
29 121 83 50  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
1 n 8  
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
-
[Initial Value]  
n = 3  
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets the cell size.  
Parameter details  
n: Cell size (Units: Dots)  
Specification using this command is recommended to be 3 n.  
To use with n = 1 and 2, confirm by actual use.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-144  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS y D 1 m nL nH d1 d2 … dk  
[Name] QR code data setting (automatic setting)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
29  
y
D
1
m
m
m
nL nH d1 d2  
nL nH d1 d2  
nL nH d1 d2  
dk  
dk  
dk  
79 44 31  
121 68 49  
27  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
m = 0  
0 nL 255, 0 nH 255 1 nL + nH × 256 7089 (k = nL + nH × 256)  
0 d 255  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Automatically analyzes the bar code data type and sets the data.  
Parameter details  
nL+nH×256:  
dk:  
Bar code data byte count  
Bar code data (max. 7089 bytes)  
When using this command, the printer receives data of the number of bytes (k) specified by nL  
and nH, automatically analyzes the data and sets that as the bar code data.  
nL and nH specify the number of data bytes.  
When processed as a Kanji character code, two bytes are one character.  
If the parameter is outside of the defined area, the data for the amount of the counter is received  
and discarded.  
At that time, the bar code data is not cleared.  
The command data storage region is shared with the manual setting command, so data is  
updated each time either command is executed.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-145  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS y D 2 a m1 n1L n1H d11 d12 … d1k m2 n2L n2H d21 d22 … d2k ml … dlk  
[Name] QR code data setting (manual setting)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
y
D
44  
68  
2
32  
50  
a
a
a
m1 n1L n1H d11 d12  
m1 n1L n1H d11 d12  
m1 n1L n1H d11 d12  
d1k  
d1k  
d1k  
79  
Decimal  
27  
29 121  
ASCII  
m2 n2L n2H D21 d22  
m2 n2L n2H D21 d22  
m2 n2L n2H D21 d22  
d2k  
d2k  
d2k  
ml  
ml  
ml  
dlk  
dlk  
dlk  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
1 a 255  
1 m 4  
0 nL 255, 0 nH 255 1 nL + nH × 256 7089 (k = nL + nH × 256)  
0 d 255  
1 l 255  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Specifies the bar code data type and sets the data.  
Parameter details  
: Block count  
m : Input data type  
nL + nH x 256  
a
: Bar code data byte count  
dk : Bar code data (max. 7089 bytes)  
m
1
Data Type  
Numbers  
Data Defined Area (d)  
“0” to “9”  
2
English Language  
Characters  
“ ”, “$”, “%”, “*”, “+”, “-”, “.”, “/”, “:”,  
“0” to “9”, “A” to “Z”  
3
4
Binary  
0x00 to 0xFF  
Kanji characters  
(Shift JIS)  
0x8140 to 0x9FFC, 0xE040 to 0xEBBF  
However, the lower 8 bits are 0x40 to 0x7E, 0x80 to 0xFC.  
The printer receives the data type specified by m, based on the block count specified by a, and  
the data of the number of bytes (k) specified by nL and nH, and sets that as the bar code data.  
One block specified by a specifies m1 n1L n1H d11•••d1k (data type + data count + bar code  
data), and by sending a multiple of these continuously, data types can be included in one bar  
code.  
It is possible to set a maximum of 255 blocks with one command transmission.  
nL and nH specify the number of data bytes, so for Kanji characters, calculation is done using 1  
character for two bytes.  
If the parameter is outside of the defined area, the data for the amount of the counter is received  
and discarded.  
At that time, the bar code data is cleared.  
The command data storage region is shared with the automatic setting command, so data is  
updated each time either command is executed.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
3-146  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS y P  
[Name] Print QR code  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
29  
y
P
79 50  
Decimal  
27  
121 80  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
This command prints the bar code data.  
When this command is received, the printer prints unprinted data, if unprinted data remains in the  
image buffer, then prints the bar code.  
Margins of more than 4 cells are required around the QR code. The user must ensure the margins.  
• Bar codes to be printed should always be confirmed through an actual printout.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Four bytes ignored  
ESC GS y I  
[Name] Get QR code expansion information  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
29  
y
I
79 49  
27  
121 73  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
In expanding bar codes with the current setting using this command, information such as the size of  
the generated image and errors is sent to the printer.  
Therefore, it is possible to confirm whether printing is possible before actual printing, with this com-  
mand.  
If there is an error in the bar code expansion, the command is ignored even if the expansion com-  
mand ESC GS y P is sent.  
Also, if the following errors occur, “Error” information is sent to the printer.  
• When an error occurs when generating the bar code by the combination of bar code settings  
• When the generated bar code exceeds the printable size.  
Transmission format: <ESC> <GS> “y” “I” n1 n2  
Bar Code Information  
n1 n2  
0x0000  
Error  
0x0001 to 0xffff  
Size of one side of generated bar code data (Units: Dots)  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Send <ESC> <GS> “y” “I” 0 0 (error)  
3-147  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-12) Page Function Command Details  
ESC GS h 0 k m n  
[Name] 180˚ inversion function  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
29  
h
0
k
k
k
m
m
m
n
n
n
68 30  
27  
104 48  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 k 1, m = 0, n = 0  
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets to make 180˚ inversion function valid/invalid.  
180˚ Inversion Function  
k
0
1
Invalid  
Valid  
<180˚ Inversion Function>  
When the 180˚ inversion function is valid, it is executed by the 180˚ inversion trigger.  
However, this function is executed on print data that fits in the image buffer length.  
If print data is larger than the image buffer length, the 180˚ inversion function is ignored.  
Also, when starting printing using anything other than the 180˚ inversion trigger, the 180˚ inversion  
function is ignored.  
This setting is not cleared by the ESC @, CAN commands.  
180˚ Inversion Triggers  
• Cutter Command:  
• FF Command:  
ESC d n  
FF  
• BM Detection Command:  
• Print Startup Command:  
• Raster Mode:  
ESC d n, FF  
ESC GS g 0 m n  
When executing FF  
Example of Use  
*1) 180˚ Inversion Function Valid: ESC GS h 0 k m n (k=0x01, m=0x00, n=0x00)  
2) Transmit print data: Print data (print length is within the length of the image buffer)  
3) Trigger command transmission: ESC d n (cutter command is 180˚ inversion trigger)  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
(Note) When using this function, the data volume for one page should be within the printer’s  
buffer length.  
3-148  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC GS h 1 k m n  
[Name] Water mark function  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
GS  
1D  
h
1
k
k
k
m
m
m
n
n
n
68 31  
27  
29 104 49  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 k 2, 0 m 2, 1 n 255  
Slip  
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Sets to make water mark function valid/invalid.  
Water Mark Function  
k
0
1
Invalid  
Valid  
Prints one logo specified by n at the position centered in the horizontal and vertical  
directions.  
2
Valid  
Repeatedly prints logo specified by n from leading edge of the page to the trailing end of the  
page, at the position centered in the horizontal direction.  
Set the forming method of the logo data to be printed as the water mark to make the image appropri-  
ate as the water mark with this setting.  
If the appropriate image is not possible with this setting, re-register after forming the logo data regis-  
tered as the water mark as the appropriate data.  
m
0
Water Mark Data Forming  
Prints logo data specified n as it is.  
1
Thins logo data specified n 25% in the printout.  
Thins logo data specified n 12.5% in the printout.  
2
Specify the registered logo as the water mark.  
n
Logo Number  
1 to 255  
Registered logo number  
If the specified logo number is not registered, the water mark will not be printed.  
<Water Mark Function>  
When the water mark inversion function is valid, it is printed by the water mark pinting trigger.  
However, this function is executed on print data that fits in the image buffer length.  
If print data is larger than the image buffer length, water mark printing is ignored.  
Also, when starting printing using anything other than the water mark printing trigger, water mark  
printing is ignored.  
When in 2-color printing mode, this function is invalid.  
This setting is not cleared by the ESC @, CAN commands.  
Water Mark Printing Triggers  
• Cutter Command  
• FF Command  
: ESC d n  
: FF  
• BM Detection Command : ESC d n, FF  
• Print Startup Command  
• Raster Mode  
: ESC GS g 0 m n  
: When executing FF  
3-149  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
Example of Use  
1) Register logo to use as the water mark as logo #1.  
2) Water mark function is valid.:  
3) Transmit print data:  
4) Trigger command transmission:  
ESC GS h 1 k m n (k=0x02, m=0x01, n=0x01)  
Print data (print length is within the length of the image buffer)  
ESC d n (cutter command is water mark printing trigger)  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Only setting is valid  
Setting is valid after switching to thermal.  
(Note) When using this function, the data volume for one page should be within the printer’s  
buffer length.  
3-150  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-13) Slip/Validation Function Command Details  
ESC SI n  
[Name] Set slip sensor  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
SI  
n
n
n
1B 0F  
27 15  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Three bytes ignored  
ESC FF n  
[Name] Slip/Validation Function  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC FF  
n
n
n
1B 0C  
27 12  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
2 n 5, 50 n 53, (“2” n “5”)  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
2 n 5, 50 n 53, (“2” n “5”)  
[Initial Value]  
-
-
-
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Three bytes ignored  
<Slip>  
After printing data in the line buffer, the slip paper operation is executed according to the n value.  
n
Slip Operation  
2 to 5  
Discharges paper toward the back (the forward direction)  
50 to 53  
<Validation>  
After printing data in the line buffer, the validation printer operation is executed according to the n  
value.  
n
Slip Operation  
2 to 5  
Discharges paper toward the back (the forward direction)  
50 to 53  
3-151  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC VT m n  
[Name] Sets slip paper discharge direction and discharge length  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC VT  
1B 0B  
27 11  
m
m
m
n
n
n
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Four bytes ignored  
ESC EM n m LF NUL  
[Name] Set slip/validation automatic clamp  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
EM  
19  
n
n
n
M
M
M
LF NUL  
0A  
10  
00  
0
27  
25  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
-
:
0 n 255  
m = 0, 1, 48, 49  
Validation  
:
0 n 255  
m = 2, 3, 50, 51  
[Initial Value]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
-
n: MSW Setting  
m = 0  
Validation  
:
n: MSW Setting  
m = 0  
[Function]  
m
Function  
0, 1, 48, 49 Sets the waiting time from inserting slip paper until the start of execution of automatic clamp  
according to n.  
n is the same as the MSW slip opening time setting (for details refer to the MSW settings for  
each printer).  
2, 3, 50, 51 Sets the waiting time from inserting validation paper until the start of execution of automatic  
clamp according to n.  
n is the same as the MSW validation opening time setting (for details refer to the MSW  
settings for each printer).  
<Thermal>  
Only setting is valid. Setting is valid after switching to slip or validation.  
3-152  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-14) Page Mode Command Details  
FF  
[Name] Batch printing of page data (valid only in page mode)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal 0C  
Decimal 12  
FF  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Refer to “Page Control Command.”  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
When in page mode, the printer batch prints page data expanded in the page region, then returns to  
line mode.  
After batch printing of the page mode, data in the page, the page print region and print direction are  
all initialized.  
Note that when the printer is in line mode, nothing functions.  
3-153  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC n  
[Name] Selects page mode  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
1B  
n
6E  
27 110  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Two bytes ignored  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Shifts from line mode (default) to page mode.  
This command is valid when input at the top of the line. Page mode expands print data to the page  
coordinate region set by ESC * … and according to the rotation direction set by ESC T n, and prints  
all the data using FF in the end.  
In page mode, print data is OR expanded to the page region so you can be free to overlappingly  
write characters and bit images and rotate characters.  
In page mode, if print data + <LF> is set using the same method as line mode, the data will be auto-  
matically rotated at the printer.  
Page mode has the following restrictions.  
(1) Print Data Expansion  
In page mode, because data is expanded in normal dot increments, characters accompanying  
half dots cannot be handled.  
When page mode is entered, ANK fonts are automatically set to 5 x 9 (2P-1) fonts.  
In page mode, the IBM block is changed to vertical 8 dot fonts.  
Kanji characters (Kanji) cannot be printed.  
When the character space is an odd number, 1 half dot is discarded.  
Also, characters are expanded based on the base line, so vertical double tall expanded  
characters are cut when the top portion is at the page top line, and if they are at the second  
line, they sometimes can overlap the previous line.  
For that reason, if vertical expanded characters are included in one line, add an extra <LF>  
prior to the print data line to ensure print region to allow the vertical expanded character to be  
printed.  
(2) Paper feed command  
In page mode, the paper feed command and line feed are executed as a movement of the  
expanded position, according to dot units.  
The 1 coordinate for the X direction is 0.159 mm (1 half-dot), and the 1 coordinate for the Y  
direction is 0.176 mm (1 half-dot) as the units of the X and Y coordinates. The printing results  
will not be doubled in the X and Y directions for 0˚/180˚ rotations and 90˚/270˚ rotations.  
With 90˚/270˚ rotations, the amount of paper feed and the height of the characters are reduced.  
The font horizontal expansion and horizontal movement amounts are increased.  
For example, when using 1/6 inch line feed with 0˚ rotation, 24 half-dots x 0.176 mm = 4.224  
mm. However, with 90˚/270˚ rotations, 24 half-dots x 0.159 mm = 3.816 mm. There is a  
difference of 4.224 – 3.816 = 0.408 mm.  
To rotate a check print of a determined form 90˚ or 270˚, create a program that considers this  
difference.  
(3)  
• Setting Commands Received While in Page Mode  
The following outlines three cases. (See each command for details.)  
• Valid Command  
• Commands that are valid when line mode is selected  
• Ignored commands  
Batch printing of page region data is executed by FF. After the FF, the printer returns to line mode.  
When returning to line mode, all conditions such as print data in the print region, region coordinate  
information, and rotation direction are cleared.  
3-154  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC !  
[Name] Select line mode (Default)  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
!
1B 21  
27 33  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Two bytes ignored  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Select line mode (Default)  
When this command is executed in page mode, the printer returns to line mode without printing.  
When returning to line mode, all conditions such as print data in the print region, region coordinate  
information, and rotation direction are cleared.  
3-155  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC * xL xH yL yH dxL dxH dyL dyH  
[Name] Set page mode print region  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
*
xL xH yL yH dxL dxH dyL dyH  
1B 2A xL xH yL yH dxL dxH dyL dyH  
27 42 xL xH yL yH dxL dxH dyL dyH  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
-
0 xL 255, 0 xH 2  
0 yL 255, 0 yH 5  
0 dxL 255, 0 dxH ≤ 2 (However, 0 ≠ dxL + dxH x 256) 1 ≤ dx 540 half-dots  
0 dyL 255, 0 dyH ≤ 5 (However, 0 ≠ dyL + dyH × 256) 1 ≤ dy 1408 half-dots  
Validation  
:
0 xL 255, 0 xH 2  
0 yL 255, 0 yH 5  
0 dxL 255, 0 dxH ≤ 2 (However, 0 ≠ dxL + dxH x 256) 1 ≤ dx 540 half-dots  
0 dyL 255, 0 dyH ≤ 5 (However, 0 ≠ dyL + dyH × 256) 1 ≤ dy 1408 half-dots  
[Initial Value]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
-
xL = 0, xH = 0, yL = 0, yH = 0, dxL = 28, dxH = 2, dyL = 128, dyH = 5  
(X0 = 0, Y0 = 0, dx = 540, dy = 1408)  
Validation  
:
xL = 0, xH = 0, yL = 0, yH = 0, dxL = 28, dxH = 2, dyL = 128, dyH = 5  
(X0 = 0, Y0 = 0, dx = 540, dy = 1408)  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
The following commands are valid only when slip/validation have been selected. Their use is prohib-  
ited when thermal has been selected.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Set page mode print region  
Use the left edge coordinate of the current position when the printer enters page mode as (0,0), and  
specify the starting point (X0, Y0) of the page region using xLxH,yLyH, and specify the length dx of  
the X direction using dxL, dxH, and the length dY of the Y direction using dyL, dyH.  
Current Positon(0,0)  
(X0, Y0)  
Dx  
Paper Feed Direction  
Dy  
Print Region  
Starting Point X0 = xL (xH x 256) dots  
Starting Point Y0 = yL (yH x 256) dots  
Length of Horizontal Direction Dx = dxL + (dxH x 256) dots  
Length of Vertical Direction  
Dy = dyL + (dyH x 256) dots  
If the parameter is out of range, this command is invalid.  
This command is stored even in line mode. However, the position when the printer enters page  
mode is applied for the reference point (0,0).  
Expansion of print data into the page is performed using the bottom edge of the characters as the  
base line, so a print region higher than the minimum of 9 dots is necessary for the height direction of  
the characters. (When using vertical double tall expanded characters, it is necessary to execute an  
extra paper feed in advance.)  
3-156  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC T n  
[Name] Set page mode rotation direction  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
T
n
n
n
1B 54  
27 84  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
0 n 3, 48 n 51, (“0” n “3”)  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
0 n 3, 48 n 51, (“0” n “3”)  
[Initial Value]  
-
n = 0  
n = 0  
Validation  
[Function]  
<Thermal>  
Three bytes ignored  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
Sets the rotation in page mode to the items in the table below, according to the n value.  
Setting valid only when line mode.  
n
Rotation Direction  
0, 48  
1, 49  
2, 50  
3, 51  
0°  
270°  
180°  
90°  
n=2  
180°Rotation  
n=0  
0°Rotation  
n=1 or 4  
270°Rotation  
n=3  
90°Rotation  
1 2 3 4 5 • • •  
A B C D E • • •  
A B C D E • • •  
1 2 3 4 5 • • •  
<Genend Concept of Rotation Diection>  
3-157  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-15) Station Selection Command Details  
ESC + A n  
[Name] Select printer station  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC  
+
A
n
n
n
1B 2B 41  
27 43 65  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
n = 0, 3, 4, “0”, “3”, “4”  
n = 0, 3, 4, “0”, “3”, “4”  
n = 0, 3, 4, “0”, “3”, “4”  
n = 0  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
n = 0  
Validation  
n = 0  
[Function]  
n
Selects printer station  
Selected Station  
0, “0”  
1, “1”  
2, “2”  
3, “3”  
4, “4”  
Selects Thermal Receipt Station  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Selects Slip Station  
Selects Validation Station  
Switches to the printer station using this command after printing data in the line buffer.  
Therefore, always append an LF to the print data just before this command.  
<Slip>, <Validation>  
When station is switched, conditions such as data in the page, the page print region, and the printing  
direction are all initialized.  
Command is ignored when page mode is selected.  
3-158  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-16) Presenter Related Command Details  
The following commands control the presenter functions.  
The following commands are effective only on models equipped with a presenter.  
ESC SYN 0 n  
[Name] Execute presenter paper recovery  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC SYN  
0
n
n
n
1B  
27  
16 30  
22 48  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Four bytes ignored  
ESC SYN 1 n  
[Name] Set presenter paper automatic recovery function and automatic recovery time  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC SYN  
1
n
n
n
1B  
27  
16 31  
22 49  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Four bytes ignored  
ESC SYN 3 n  
[Name] Acquire presenter paper counter  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
ESC  
1B  
SYN  
3
n
n
n
16 33  
22 51  
Decimal  
27  
[Defined Area] Thermal  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Slip  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Four bytes ignored  
3-159  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
ESC SYN 4 n  
[Name] Initialize presenter paper counter  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC SYN  
4
4
n
n
n
1B  
27  
16  
22 52  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
Four bytes ignored  
3-160  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
3-17) MICR Related Command Details  
The following commands control MICR functions.  
The following commands are effective only on models equipped with MICR.  
ESC FS M m n  
[Name] MICR function  
[Code] ASCII  
Hexadecimal  
Decimal  
ESC FS  
M
m
m
m
n
n
n
1B 1C 4D  
27 28 77  
[Defined Area]  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
-
48 m 50 (“0” m “2”)  
n = 48, 49  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
:
:
:
:
-
-
-
-
[Initial Value]  
[Function]  
Validation  
<Thermal>, <Validation>  
Five bytes ignored  
<Slip>  
Performs operations on inserted slip paper (cleaning paper).  
Note that if slip paper has been inserted, and already is targeted for printing, that slip paper is dis-  
charged to the back (the forward direction), and operations are performed on the newly inserted slip  
paper (cleaning paper).  
m
Function  
48  
Reads format specified by n, and returns read character string.  
n=48 • • • E13B read format  
n=49 • • • CMC7 read format  
Reading successful • • • ESC FS M 0 n, read character string LF NUL  
Reading failed • • • ESC FS M 0 n, LF NUL  
49  
Reads with format specified by n, and returns read character string.  
If no slip paper has been inserted, an empty character is returned immediately that indicates  
no insertion.  
n=48 • • • E13B read format  
n=49 • • • CMC7 read format  
Reading successful • • • ESC FS M 1 n, read character string LF NUL  
Reading failed • • • ESC FS M 1 n, LF NUL  
Empty character string • • • ESC FS M 1 n LF NUL  
50  
Performs cleaning of the conveyance rollers and magnetic head by inserted cleaning paper.  
n is 48 or 49.  
In page mode, five bytes ignored.  
3-161  
STAR Line Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
E13B Support Table  
Type  
ASCII  
Numbers  
0 to 9  
SYMBOL1  
SYMBOL2  
SYMBOL3  
SYMBOL4  
T
A
O
D
Hex  
30 to 39  
48 to 57  
54  
84  
41  
65  
4F  
79  
44  
68  
Decimal  
CMC7 Support Table  
Type  
ASCII  
Numbers  
0 to 9  
S I  
/
S II  
#
S III  
=
S IV  
>
S V  
^
Hex  
30 to 39  
48 to 57  
2F  
47  
23  
35  
3D  
61  
3E  
62  
5F  
94  
Decimal  
3-162  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
4. CHARACTER CODE TABLES  
Character Code Specifications References  
4-1  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
5. APPENDIX  
5-1) Appendix 1: Bar Code Specification Details <Thermal>  
Refer to the dedicated manuals for characteristics and methods of use for each bar code symbol.  
This section describes precautions and methods for setting when printing with the printer.  
Bar code widths are set for each bar code according to the mode. The following describes each mode and the dot  
counts.  
The user must ensure the specified printing position and quiet zone at the position where the bar code begins.  
5-1-1) Code 39  
Code 39 represents numbers 0 to 9 and the letters of the alphabet from A to Z.  
These are the symbols most frequently used today in industry.  
1. Length of characters in each mode  
Items  
Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4  
Mode 5  
3 Dots  
Mode 6 Mode 7 Mode 8  
Mode 9  
4 Dots  
Narrow Element  
Width  
2 Dots  
3 Dots  
4 Dots  
2 Dots  
4 Dots  
2 Dots  
3 Dots  
Wide Element Width  
Ratio  
6 Dots  
1:3  
9 Dots  
1:3  
12 Dots 5 Dots  
8 Dots  
1:2.7  
10 Dots 4 Dots  
6 Dots  
1:2  
8 Dots  
1:2  
1:3  
1:2.5  
1:2.5  
1:2  
Character Spacing  
2 Dots  
3 Dots  
6mm  
4 Dots  
8mm  
2 Dots  
3 Dots  
4 Dots  
2 Dots  
3 Dots  
4 Dots  
Length of 1 Character 4mm  
3.625mm 5.625mm 7.25mm 3.25mm 4.875mm 6.5mm  
(*) The length of 1 character includes the character spacing.  
2. Regulations  
The start and stop bar code (*) in Code 39 are automatically inserted.  
5-1-2) Interleaved 2 of 5  
Interleaved 2 of 5 represents numbers 0 to 9.  
Higher density of characters is possible and with JIS and EAN, and priting to cardboard for distribution has been stan-  
dardized.  
1) Narrow element width and length of symbols per 2 characters  
Items  
Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7 Mode 8 Mode 9  
Narrow Element Width  
Wide Element Width  
Ratio  
2 Dots  
5 Dots  
1:2.5  
4 Dots  
6 Dots  
2 Dots  
4 Dots  
8 Dots  
1:2  
6 Dots  
12 Dots 6 Dots  
1:2 1:3  
10.5mm 4.5mm  
2 Dots  
3 Dots  
9 Dots  
1:3  
4 Dots  
12 Dots  
1:3  
10 Dots 15 Dots 4 Dots  
1:2.5  
8mm  
1:2.5  
1:2  
Length of 1 Character  
4mm  
12mm  
3.5mm  
7mm  
6.75mm 9mm  
2. Regulations  
• By selecting interleaved 2 of 5 bar code symbols, start and stop patterns are automatically inserted.  
• When the bar code data digit count is odd, a zero is added to the highest value digit.  
• Details conform to standards for AIM, USS-12/5, ANSI and JIS x 0502.  
5-1  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
5-1-3) JAN/EAN/UPC  
Used numbers, not only the bar code symbols, are controlled using JAN, EAN and UPC as shared common commer-  
cial codes.  
Mainly, they are used for supermarkets such as shops and grocery stores.  
1. Each mode and bar code width  
Items  
Mode 1  
2 Dots  
Mode 2  
3 Dots  
Mode 3  
4 Dots  
Module Width  
Bar Code Width  
(*)  
JAN/EAN-8  
16.75mm  
25.125mm  
33.5mm  
JAN/EAN-13  
UPC-A  
23.75mm  
23.75mm  
12.75mm  
35.625mm  
35.625mm  
19.125mm  
47.5mm  
47.5mm  
25.5mm  
UPC-E  
(*) Includes the guard bar (left/right/center) but not the white space.  
2. Regulations  
• JAN/EAN/-8  
Data is in 7 or 8 digits. The command is ignored for others.  
The check digit uses a modulus weight of 10/3 and is automatically applied.  
When the calculated value and the numerical value of the 8th digit differ, the calculated value has priority.  
• JAN/EAN-13  
Data is in 12 or 13 digits. The command is ignored for others.  
The check digit uses a modulus weight of 10/3 and is automatically applied.  
When the calculated value and the numerical value of the 13th digit differ, the calculated value has priority.  
• UPC-A  
Data is in 11 or 12 digits. The command is ignored for others.  
The check digit uses a modulus weight of 10/3 and is automatically applied.  
When the calculated value and the numerical value of the 12th digit differ, the calculated value has priority.  
• UPC-A  
Data is in 11 or 12 digits. The command is ignored for others.  
The check digit uses a modulus weight of 10/3 and is automatically applied.  
When the calculated value and the numerical value of the 12th digit differ, the calculated value has priority.  
Data conversion to rectangles is automatic.  
Data that cannot be shortened is processed as invalid data.  
5-2  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
5-1-4) Code 128  
These are bar code symbols that can print ASCII 128 characters.  
For that reason, use thereof is increasing.  
1. Each module and module width  
Items  
Mode 1  
2 Dots  
Mode 2  
3 Dots  
Mode 3  
4 Dots  
5.5mm  
Module Width  
Length of 1 Character (*)  
(*) Start and stob bars not included.  
2.75mm  
4.125mm  
2. Regulations  
When using LF with the command, control codes are not sent by the host PC, so the control codes are sent as data,  
as shown below.  
• When sending the following data, it is represented by a 2-character set.  
% (25H) represented by %0 (25H 30H).  
Control codes (00H to 1FH) represented by 40H to 5FH applied behind %.  
Control code (7FH) represented by %5 (25H 35H).  
Function codes represent 1 to 4 (31H to 34H) applied behind %.  
Start codes represent 6 to 8 (36H to 38H) applied behind %.  
• Stop code (SC)/Check character (CK) are automatically applied.  
• When start code is omitted:  
Uses START C when more than 4 digits continue after header.  
Uses START A when initial data other than numbers are the control code.  
Uses START B for other cases.  
5-3  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
3.  
2-Character set code table  
<Control Codes>  
<Control Codes>  
<Control Codes>  
Code  
Format  
Code  
Format  
NUL 00H  
SOH 01H  
STX 02H  
ETX 03H  
EOT 04H  
ENQ 05H  
ACK 06H  
BEL 07H  
BS 08H  
%@ 25H 40H  
%A 25H 41H  
%B 25H 42H  
%C 25H 43H  
%D 25H 44H  
%E 25H 45H  
%F 25H 46H  
%G 25H 47H  
%H 25H 48H  
%I 25H 49H  
%J 25H 4AH  
%K 25H 4BH  
%L 25H 4CH  
%M 25H 4DH  
%N 25H 4EH  
%O 25H 4FH  
%P 25H 50H  
%Q 25H 51H  
%R 25H 52H  
%S 25H 53H  
%T 25H 54H  
%U 25H 55H  
%V 25H 56H  
%W 25H 57H  
%X 25H 58H  
%Y 25H 59H  
%Z 25H 5AH  
%[ 25H 5BH  
%\ 25H 5CH  
%] 25H 5DH  
%^ 25H 5EH  
%_ 25H 5FH  
%5 25H 35H  
% 25H  
%0 25H 30H  
<Function Codes>  
Code  
FNC1  
FNC2  
FNC3  
FNC4  
Format  
*
*
*
*
%1 25H 31H  
%2 25H 32H  
%3 25H 33H  
%4 25H 34H  
HT 09H  
LF 0AH  
VT 0BH  
FF 0CH  
CR 0DH  
SO 0EH  
SI 0FH  
<Start Codes>  
Code  
Format  
START A  
START B  
START C  
%6 25H 36H  
%7 25H 37H  
%8 25H 38H  
*
*
*
DLE 10H  
DC1 11H  
DC2 12H  
DC3 13H  
DC4 14H  
NAK 15H  
SYN 16H  
ETB 17H  
CAN 18H  
EM 19H  
SUB 1AH  
ESC 1BH  
FS 1CH  
GS 1DH  
RS 1EH  
US 1FH  
DEL 7FH  
5-4  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
5-1-5) Code 93  
1. Each mode and module width  
Items  
Mode 1  
2 Dots  
Mode 2  
3 Dots  
Mode 3  
4 Dots  
4.5mm  
Module Width  
Length of 1 Character (*)  
(*) Start and stob bars not included.  
2.25mm  
3.375mm  
2. Regulations  
• Start/stop codes are automatically applied.  
• Check character (C, K) is automatically applied.  
• 2 character set expression conforms to Code 128.  
However, items marked with a star are codes that can only be used with Code 128, and not with Code 93.  
5-1-6) NW7 (CODERBAR)  
NW7 normally uses either A through D as the start/stop codes and represents special symbols (- (minus sign)/$ (dollar  
sign)/: (colon)// (slash)/. (period)/+ (plus sign) between 0 to 9.  
These are used as carrier package marking bar codes, DPE (photo prints) and for medical related industries (USA).  
1. Length of characters in each mode  
Items  
Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3  
Mode 4  
Mode 5  
Mode 6  
Mode 7  
Mode 8  
Mode 9  
Narrow Element Width  
Wide Element Width  
Ratio  
2
6
3
9
4
12  
1:3  
4
2
5
3
8
4
10  
2
4
3
6
4
8
1:3  
2
1:3  
3
1:2.5  
2
1:2.7  
3
1:2.5  
4
1:2  
2
1:2  
3
1:2  
4
Character Spacing  
(Dots)  
Length of 1 Character  
(Normally mm)  
3
4.5  
6
7
2.75  
4.25  
5.5  
2.5  
3.75  
5
3.5  
5.25  
3.125  
5.125  
6.25  
2.75  
4.125  
5.5  
(Width mm)  
• With NW7, lengths differ because narrow elements and wide elements are included according to the characters.  
• Normal characters (narrow: 5, wide: 2) and numbers (0 to 9), - and $  
• Wide characters (narrow: 4, wide: 3) :,/,.,+, A to D  
• Character spaces are included in 1 character length.  
5-5  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
5-2) Appendix 2 – Status Specifications <Shared>  
This function is valid only when using an interface capable of bi-directional data communications.  
Refer to your printer’s product specification manual to verify if the interface cable on the printer you use is capable of  
bi-directional data communications.  
5-2-1) ENQ Command Status  
This status is the one the printer transmits using the ENQ command.  
Bit  
Contents  
Status  
By model  
HSP7000  
“0”  
Open  
“1”  
Closed  
Occurs  
Empty  
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Compulsion SW  
-
Reception Buffer Overflow  
Reception Buffer Empty  
Fixed at “0”  
Does not occur  
Has Data  
Paper end  
Paper  
No  
No paper  
Yes  
Other Errors  
Framing Error  
No  
Yes  
Parity Error  
No  
Yes  
• Reception over-flow errors/Framing errors/Parity errors  
These errors are after holding the error and using this command to inquire the status and the error status is sent.  
• Compulsion SW  
When the conversion switch is ON, Bit 7 = 1.  
• Other Errors  
Indicates non-recoverable errors and cover open errors.  
5-2-2) EOT Command Status  
This status is the one the printer transmits using the EOT command.  
Bit  
Contents  
Status  
By model  
HSP7000  
“0”  
“1”  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Presenter Paper Jam Error  
Paper Near-end (Outer Side)  
Fixed at “1”  
No  
Yes  
No paper  
-
×
×
-
Paper  
Paper end  
Paper  
Paper  
No  
No paper  
No paper  
Yes  
-
Paper Near-end (Inner Side)  
BM Error  
Fixed at “0”  
-
• BM Error  
On models that use a common PE and BM sensor, if a continuous error is detected beyond a determined amount, it  
indicates not a black mark error, but a paper out error.  
5-6  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
5-2-3) Automatic Status  
Automatic status is a group of states that are automatically returned from the printer to the host when the printer’s sta-  
tus has changed.Automatic status is composed of “Header – 1,” “Header – 2” and “plurality of bytes of the printer sta-  
tus and is continuously returned to the host.The host always uses an identifying method to identify the data for every  
byte received.  
(It is possible that Xon/Xoff codes are exceptionally mixed in the auto status in the Xon/Xoff mode (when using a serial  
I/F), so it is necessary to consider that on the receiving side.))  
The valid/invalid conditions of the automatic status abide by the DIPSW settings for the initial values.  
It is possible to change the conditions using the ESC RS a n command after turning ON the power.  
Also, it is possible to get the automatic status using the ESC ACK SOH command, regardless of the valid/invalid con-  
ditions.  
(1)  
Header -1  
Header – 1 is the 1 byte length information transmitted at the head of the automatic status.  
The table below shows the composition of the Header -1.Header – 1 represents the entire status transmission byte  
count, including Header – 1, using bit 1 to bit 3 and bit 5. The host gets the transmission byte information and always  
receives the status data for that amount transmission bytes. For reference, the table below shows the relationship of  
actual transmission bytes and the Header – 1. Because the bit 0 that indicates that this is the Header – 1 is normally 1  
(the second byte and beyond is 0), to detect the Header – 1, it is acceptable to verify that bit 0 is 1 and bit 4 = 0 for this  
data. Note that bit 6 is for future expansion and is ignored in host-side processes.  
<Header -1 (First Byte)>  
Bit  
Contents  
Status  
By model  
HSP7000  
“0”  
“1”  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Fixed at “0”  
-
-
-
-
Reserved (Fixed at 0)  
Printer Status Byte Count  
Fixed at “0”  
-
-
Printer Status Byte Count  
Printer Status Byte Count  
Printer Status Byte Count  
Fixed at “1”  
-
-
Actual transmission byte count and header – 1 table  
Transmission Byte Count n (7 n 15)  
Header -1  
7
00001111B (0F Hex)  
00100001B (21 Hex)  
00100011B (23 Hex)  
00100101B (25 Hex)  
00100111B (27 Hex)  
00101001B (29 Hex)  
00101011B (2B Hex)  
00101101B (2D Hex)  
00101111B (2F Hex)  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
5-7  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
(2)  
Header -2  
Header -2 is the 1 byte length information transmitted from the second byte of the automatic status. The table below  
shows the composition of the Header -2.  
Header -2 represents the automatic status version (called automatic status version below) using bit 1 to bit 3 and bit 5.  
For reference, the table below shows the relationship of actual version bytes and the Header -2. The automatic status  
version will be used as new information is added to the printer status bit positions that were empty, by adding new  
functions in the future.  
When the host does not control the automatic status version, it is acceptable to ignore Header – 2 received.  
<Header -2 (Second Byte)>  
Bit  
Contents  
Status  
By model  
HSP7000  
“0”  
“1”  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ASB Status Expansion  
Version No.  
No Expansion  
Expansion  
-
-
-
Version No.  
Fixed at “0”  
-
Version No.  
-
Version No.  
Version No.  
Fixed at “0”  
-
Actual automatic status version and header -2 table  
Version No. n  
Header -2  
00000010B (02 Hex)  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
00000100B (04 Hex)  
00000110B (06 Hex)  
00001000B (08 Hex)  
00001010B (0A Hex)  
00001100B (0C Hex)  
00001110B (0E Hex)  
00100000B (20 Hex)  
00100010B (22 Hex)  
30  
31  
01101100B (6C Hex)  
01101110B (6E Hex)  
Printer Status Version  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Version No.  
3(06 Hex)  
Status  
Up to printer status 7 (9th byte) loaded  
5-8  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
(3)  
Printer Status  
Printer status is the status of the printer sent from the 3rd byte of the automatic status.  
For the printer status, (the number of bytes added in Header -1 minus two) is returned.  
Printer status is always updated for new information. (No log exists.)  
The following shows the composition of the status.  
<Printer status 1 Printer status (Third Byte)>  
Bit  
Contents  
Status  
By model  
HSP7000  
“0”  
“1”  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Fixed at “0”  
-
-
OFFLINE By Switch Input  
Cover Status  
No  
Occurs  
Open  
-
×
-
Closed  
Fixed at “0”  
ONLINE/OFFLINE Status  
Compulsion SW  
ETB Command  
Fixed at “0”  
ONLINE  
Open  
OFFLINE  
Closed  
Executed  
-
-
Not Executed  
• ETB Command  
Cleared when received at the host (by clearing bit 1 to 0, automatic status is not targeted to occur).  
<Printer status 2 Error Information (Fourth Byte)>  
Bit  
Contents  
Status  
By model  
HSP7000  
“0”  
“1”  
-
-
7
6
Fixed at “0”  
Stopped by high head  
temperature  
Not stopped  
No  
Stopped  
-
5
4
3
2
1
0
Non-recoverable Error  
Fixed at “0”  
Yes  
-
-
Auto-cutter Error  
Mechanical Error  
Not Used (Fixed at “0”)  
Fixed at “0”  
No  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
-
-
<Printer status 3 Error Information (Fifth Byte)>  
Bit  
Contents  
Status  
By model  
HSP7000  
“0”  
“1”  
-
7
6
Fixed at “0”  
-
Reception Buffer Overflow  
Does not occur  
No  
Occurs  
x
Command Error (in Page  
Mode)  
5
Yes  
4
3
2
1
0
Fixed at “0”  
-
-
×
×
-
BM Error  
No  
No  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
-
Presenter Paper Jam Error  
Head Up Error  
Fixed at “0”  
• Reception Buffer Overflow  
Cleared to 0 when returned to the host.  
• Command Error (in Page Mode)  
Command errors cleared to 0 when returned to the host.  
• BM Error  
On models that use a common PE and BM sensor, if a continuous error is detected beyond a determined amount, it  
indicates not a black mark error, but a paper out error.  
5-9  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
<Printer status 4 Sensor Information (Sixth Byte)>  
Bit  
Contents  
Status  
By model  
HSP7000  
“0”  
“1”  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Fixed at “0”  
-
-
-
-
Not Used (Fixed at “0”)  
Not Used (Fixed at “0”)  
Fixed at “0”  
-
-
-
Paper end  
Paper  
Paper  
Paper  
No paper  
No paper  
No paper  
-
×
-
Paper Near-end (Inner Side)  
Paper Near-end (Outer Side)  
Fixed at “0”  
<Printer status 5 Sensor Information (Seventh Byte)>  
Bit  
Contents  
Status  
By model  
HSP7000  
“0”  
“1”  
-
7
6
Fixed at “0”  
-
Slip/Validation  
Condition  
Slip/Validation  
5
Condition  
4
3
2
Fixed at “0”  
-
-
Slip BOF Detector  
Slip TOF Detector  
Slip COF Detector  
Presenter Paper Detector  
Stack Sensor Paper Detector  
Peeling Sensor Paper Detector  
Slip TOF Detector  
Fixed at “0”  
Paper  
Paper  
No paper  
No paper  
No paper  
Paper  
×
×
×
×
-
Paper  
1
No paper  
No paper  
No paper  
Paper  
Paper  
Paper  
No paper  
-
0
Slip/Validation Condition Support Table  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Condition  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Slip Paper (MICR Target)  
Slip Paper (Print Target)  
Validation Paper (Print Target)  
No paper  
5-10  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
<Printer status 6 ETB Counter (Eighth Byte)>  
Bit  
Contents  
Status  
By model  
HSP7000  
“0”  
“1”  
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Fixed at “0”  
-
-
ETB Counter Bit-4  
ETB Counter Bit-3  
Fixed at “0”  
-
-
ETB Counter Bit-2  
ETB Counter Bit-1  
ETB Counter Bit-0  
Fixed at “0”  
-
(*) ETB Counter  
This counter is the 5 bit ETB counter.  
(It counts from 0 to 31.When ther counter overflows, it counts up from 31 to 0.))  
This counter is incremented by 1 using the <ETB> command.  
The ETB counter is initialized by the following commands. When doing so, ASB ETB status is cleared.  
However, when initializing the ETB counter, ASB is not transmitted.  
<ETB Counter Initialization Commands>  
• <ESC><RS> E n  
: ETB Counter Initialization  
• <CAN> : Cancel print data and initialize commands  
<Printer status 7 Position for Presenter Paper (Ninth Byte)>  
Bit  
Contents  
Status  
By model  
HSP7000  
“0”  
“1”  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Fixed at “0”  
-
-
-
-
-
Not Used (Fixed at “0”)  
Not Used (Fixed at “0”)  
Fixed at “0”  
×
×
-
Presenter Paper Position  
Presenter Paper Position  
Presenter Paper Position  
Fixed at “0”  
×
×
×
-
-
(4) <Note>  
Do not use ENQ, EOT, ESC, ACK and SOH when automatic status is valid.Invalidate the automatic status in advance  
using the DIPSW (memory switch) or the ESC RS a n command to query these.  
(5) Status identification method  
Command/Functions  
Status  
bit 7  
bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0  
XON  
0
0
*
0
0
*
0
0
*
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
*
0
0
*
0
1
*
1
1
*
XOFF  
ENQ  
EOT  
*
*
*
*
*
*
0
1
0
ASB (Header -1)  
ASB (Other than Header -1)  
0
0
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
0 = fixed at “0” bits/1 = fixed at “1” bits/* = variable bits.  
5-11  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
5-2-4) Printer Status Transmission Specification when using Ethernet and Wireless LAN  
Interfaces  
The following explains the printer status transmission specification when using Ethernet and wireless LAN interfaces.  
1)  
Transmission format:  
• When transmitting only STAR ASB:  
STAR ASB (Second Byte Bit-7=1) + Length (Length = 0x0000)  
• When transmitting printer status other than STAR ASB:  
STAR ASB (Second Byte Bit-7=1) + Length + Status Data  
<Length Details>  
• 2 byte value indicating status data byte count (0x0000 Length 0x0200)  
• When the status data is 10 bytes: Length = 0x000a  
• When transmitting only STAR ASB: Add Length = 0x0000  
• When Star ASB Second byte Bit-7, and Length is added, Bit-7 = 1 is set.  
For status analysis, the total byte count of ASB is detected using the first byte of Star ASB, and whether length is  
added with the second byte Bit-7 of Star ASB is detected. By getting the byte count of subsequent status data using  
the length, the status can be analyzed.  
2)  
Status Data Transmission Format:  
Status Type + Delimiter 1 + Data Type + Status Length + Printer Status + Delimiter 2  
(1) Status Type (2byte or 4byte)  
• First and second bytes  
Indicate a factor of printer status occurring.  
• “00”:  
Reserved  
• “01” to “09”:  
• “10” to “49”:  
• “50” to “59”:  
• “60” to “99”:  
• “A0”:  
Star real-time status request command  
STAR Status Request Command  
Reserved  
Reserved  
MICR Function Command  
• “A1” to “FF”: Reserved  
• Third and fourth bytes  
If the factor is the command, indicates the n parameter of the command.  
If there is no n parameter, the third and fourth bytes can be omitted.  
<Ex.> If n = 0x31 with the ESC SYN 3 n command, the third and fourth bytes are “31.”  
(2) Delimiter 1 (1 Byte)  
Sends “:”.  
(3) Data Type (1byte)  
Indicates the data type of the printer status, and sends “B” (binary type).  
(4) Status Length (2byte)  
2 byte value indicating byte count of printer status  
5-12  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
(5) Printer status (variable)  
Status sent by printer  
The content of the status differs according to the cause.  
Refer to Commands That are Factors, and Automatic Status for details on the content of the status.  
(6) Delimiter 2 (1 byte)  
Sends “;”.  
3)  
Status transmission specifications list  
Length  
Status Data  
Status Generating  
Factors  
STAR  
ASB  
Status Type  
Delimiter  
Data  
Status  
Printer  
Status  
Delimiter  
2
First and  
Third and  
1
Type  
Length  
Second  
Bytes  
Fourth Bytes  
n Parameter  
--  
Factors  
--  
ASB  
Auto Status  
ASB  
ASB  
ASB  
ASB  
ASB  
0x0000  
0x0000  
0x0008  
0x0008  
0x0011  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
ESC ACK SOH  
--  
--  
--  
--  
--  
Printer Status Request  
ENQ  
“01”  
“02”  
“13”  
Omitted  
Omitted  
“:”  
“:”  
“:”  
“B”  
“B”  
“B”  
0x0001  
0x0001  
0x0008  
Status  
Status  
Status  
“;”  
“;”  
“;”  
Printer Status Request  
EOT  
Printer Status Request  
ESC SYN 3 n  
“00” n ≤  
“01”  
Presenter Counter  
Request  
“30” n ≤  
“31”  
ESC GS x I  
ASB  
ASB  
ASB  
0x000C  
0x000D  
“16”  
“19”  
“A0”  
Omitted  
“:”  
“:”  
“:”  
“B”  
“B”  
“B”  
0x0005  
0x0006  
Status  
Status  
Status  
“;”  
“;”  
“;”  
PDF417 Information  
Request  
ESC GS y I  
Omitted  
QR Code Information  
Request  
Variable  
Length  
“30” n “31”  
Variable  
Length  
ESC FS M m n  
MICR Function  
5-13  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
5-3)  
Appendix 3 – Blank Code Page Configuration <Thermal>  
Blank code pages are character code tables that are empty from character code 80H to FFH. They can be specified  
using the command below.  
• ESC GS t n (n = 255)  
Also, it is possible to write data to the blank code page area using the command below.  
• ESC GS = …..  
When registering data, Font A and Font B data must be registered as a set.  
1. Example configuration of Font A data. (12 x 24 font)  
MSB  
LSB  
MSB  
LSB  
d1  
d3  
d2  
d4  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
d5  
d6  
d7  
d8  
d9  
d10  
d12  
d14  
d16  
d18  
d20  
d22  
d24  
d26  
d28  
d30  
d32  
d34  
d36  
d38  
d40  
d42  
d44  
d46  
d48  
d11  
d13  
d15  
d17  
d19  
d21  
d23  
d25  
d27  
d29  
d31  
d33  
d35  
d37  
d39  
d41  
d43  
d45  
d47  
Fig. A-1 12 x 24 Font  
5-14  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
2. Example configuration of Font B data. (9 x 24 font)  
Fig. A-2 9 x 24 Font  
MSB  
0
MSB  
LSB  
LSB  
d1  
d3  
d2  
d4  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
d5  
d6  
0
d7  
d8  
0
d9  
d10  
d12  
d14  
d16  
d18  
d20  
d22  
d24  
d26  
d28  
d30  
d32  
d34  
d36  
d38  
d40  
d42  
d44  
d46  
d48  
0
d11  
d13  
d15  
d17  
d19  
d21  
d23  
d25  
d27  
d29  
d31  
d33  
d35  
d37  
d39  
d41  
d43  
d45  
d47  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5-15  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
5-4) Appendix 4: QR Code Maximum Input Character Count in Each Verson <Thermal>  
1) Model 1 Versions and Maximum Input Character Count  
Version  
Number of  
Cells on One  
Side  
Error  
Correction  
Numbers  
English  
Language  
Characters  
Binary  
Kanji  
Character  
Level  
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
1
21  
25  
29  
33  
37  
41  
45  
49  
53  
57  
61  
65  
69  
73  
40  
33  
25  
16  
81  
66  
52  
33  
24  
20  
15  
10  
49  
40  
31  
20  
79  
60  
49  
31  
113  
84  
69  
46  
154  
116  
95  
17  
14  
11  
7
34  
28  
22  
14  
55  
42  
34  
22  
78  
58  
48  
32  
106  
80  
10  
8
6
4
20  
17  
13  
8
33  
25  
20  
13  
48  
35  
29  
19  
65  
49  
40  
27  
82  
64  
51  
34  
103  
80  
65  
43  
126  
97  
77  
2
3
131  
100  
81  
52  
4
186  
138  
114  
76  
5
253  
191  
157  
105  
321  
249  
201  
133  
402  
311  
253  
167  
493  
378  
301  
203  
585  
441  
369  
239  
690  
526  
433  
291  
800  
608  
493  
342  
915  
694  
579  
390  
1030  
790  
656  
454  
1167  
877  
738  
498  
66  
44  
134  
104  
84  
63  
6
194  
151  
122  
81  
56  
7
244  
188  
154  
101  
299  
229  
183  
123  
354  
267  
223  
145  
418  
319  
262  
176  
485  
368  
299  
207  
555  
421  
351  
236  
624  
479  
398  
275  
707  
531  
447  
302  
168  
130  
106  
70  
206  
158  
126  
85  
8
52  
9
244  
184  
154  
100  
287  
219  
180  
121  
333  
253  
205  
142  
381  
289  
241  
162  
429  
329  
273  
189  
486  
365  
307  
207  
150  
113  
94  
61  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
177  
135  
111  
74  
205  
156  
126  
87  
234  
178  
148  
100  
264  
202  
168  
116  
299  
225  
189  
127  
M
Q
H
5-16  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
2) Model 2 Versions and Maximum Input Character Count  
Version  
Number of  
Cells on One  
Side  
Error  
Correction  
Numbers  
English  
Language  
Characters  
Binary  
Kanji  
Character  
Level  
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
1
21  
25  
29  
33  
37  
41  
45  
49  
53  
57  
61  
65  
69  
73  
77  
41  
34  
27  
17  
77  
63  
48  
34  
25  
20  
16  
10  
47  
38  
29  
20  
77  
61  
47  
35  
114  
90  
67  
50  
154  
122  
87  
17  
14  
11  
7
32  
26  
20  
14  
53  
42  
32  
24  
78  
62  
46  
34  
106  
84  
10  
8
7
4
20  
16  
12  
8
32  
26  
20  
15  
48  
38  
28  
21  
65  
52  
37  
27  
82  
65  
45  
36  
95  
75  
53  
39  
118  
93  
66  
52  
141  
111  
80  
2
3
127  
101  
77  
58  
4
187  
149  
111  
82  
5
255  
202  
144  
106  
322  
255  
178  
139  
370  
293  
207  
154  
461  
365  
259  
202  
552  
432  
312  
235  
652  
513  
364  
288  
772  
604  
427  
331  
883  
691  
489  
374  
1022  
796  
580  
427  
1101  
871  
621  
468  
1250  
991  
703  
530  
60  
44  
134  
106  
74  
64  
6
195  
154  
108  
84  
224  
178  
125  
93  
58  
7
154  
122  
86  
64  
8
279  
221  
157  
122  
335  
262  
189  
143  
395  
311  
221  
174  
468  
366  
259  
200  
535  
419  
296  
227  
619  
483  
352  
259  
667  
528  
376  
283  
758  
600  
426  
321  
192  
152  
108  
84  
230  
180  
130  
98  
9
60  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
271  
213  
151  
119  
321  
251  
177  
137  
367  
287  
203  
155  
425  
331  
241  
177  
458  
362  
258  
194  
520  
412  
292  
220  
167  
131  
93  
74  
198  
155  
109  
85  
226  
177  
125  
96  
262  
204  
149  
109  
282  
223  
159  
120  
320  
254  
180  
136  
5-17  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
Version  
16  
Number of  
Cells on One  
Side  
Error  
Correction  
Numbers  
English  
Language  
Characters  
Binary  
Kanji  
Character  
Level  
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
81  
1408  
1082  
775  
854  
656  
470  
365  
938  
734  
531  
408  
1046  
816  
574  
452  
1153  
909  
644  
493  
1249  
970  
702  
557  
586  
450  
322  
250  
644  
504  
364  
280  
718  
560  
394  
310  
792  
624  
442  
338  
858  
666  
482  
382  
929  
711  
509  
403  
1003  
779  
565  
439  
1091  
857  
611  
361  
277  
198  
154  
397  
310  
224  
173  
442  
345  
243  
191  
488  
384  
272  
208  
528  
410  
297  
235  
572  
438  
314  
248  
618  
480  
348  
270  
672  
528  
376  
284  
721  
561  
407  
315  
784  
614  
440  
330  
842  
652  
462  
365  
902  
692  
496  
385  
940  
732  
534  
405  
1002  
778  
559  
430  
1066  
843  
604  
457  
602  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
85  
1548  
1212  
876  
674  
89  
1725  
1346  
948  
746  
93  
1903  
1500  
1063  
813  
2061  
1600  
1159  
919  
2232  
1708  
1224  
969  
97  
101  
105  
109  
113  
117  
121  
125  
129  
133  
137  
1352  
1035  
742  
587  
2409  
1872  
1358  
1056  
2620  
2059  
1468  
1108  
2812  
2188  
1588  
1228  
3057  
2395  
1718  
1286  
3283  
2544  
1804  
1425  
3514  
2701  
1933  
1501  
3669  
2857  
2085  
1581  
3909  
3035  
2181  
1677  
4158  
3289  
2358  
1782  
1460  
1134  
823  
640  
1588  
1248  
890  
672  
461  
1171  
911  
661  
511  
1704  
1326  
963  
744  
1853  
1451  
1041  
779  
1990  
1542  
1094  
864  
2132  
1637  
1172  
910  
2223  
1732  
1263  
958  
2369  
1839  
1322  
1016  
2520  
1994  
1429  
1080  
1273  
997  
715  
535  
1367  
1059  
751  
593  
1465  
1125  
805  
625  
1528  
1190  
868  
658  
1628  
1264  
908  
698  
1732  
1370  
982  
742  
5-18  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
Version  
31  
Number of  
Cells on One  
Side  
Error  
Correction  
Numbers  
English  
Language  
Characters  
Binary  
Kanji  
Character  
Level  
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
141  
145  
149  
153  
157  
161  
165  
169  
173  
177  
4417  
3486  
2473  
1897  
4686  
3693  
2670  
2022  
4965  
3909  
2805  
2157  
5253  
4134  
2949  
2301  
5529  
4343  
3081  
2361  
5836  
4588  
3244  
2524  
6153  
4775  
3417  
2625  
6479  
5039  
3599  
2735  
6743  
5313  
3791  
2927  
7089  
5596  
3993  
3057  
2677  
2113  
1499  
1150  
2840  
2238  
1618  
1226  
3009  
2369  
1700  
1307  
3183  
2506  
1787  
1394  
3351  
2632  
1867  
1431  
3537  
2780  
1966  
1530  
3729  
2894  
2071  
1591  
3927  
3054  
2181  
1658  
4087  
3220  
2298  
1774  
4296  
3391  
2420  
1852  
1840  
1452  
1030  
790  
1952  
1538  
1112  
842  
2068  
1628  
1168  
898  
2188  
1722  
1228  
958  
1132  
894  
634  
486  
1201  
947  
684  
518  
1273  
1002  
719  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
553  
1347  
1060  
756  
590  
2303  
1809  
1283  
983  
1417  
1113  
790  
605  
2431  
1911  
1351  
1051  
2563  
1989  
1423  
1093  
2699  
2099  
1499  
1139  
2809  
2213  
1579  
1219  
2953  
2331  
1663  
1273  
1496  
1176  
832  
647  
1577  
1224  
876  
673  
1661  
1292  
923  
M
Q
H
L
M
Q
H
L
701  
1729  
1362  
972  
750  
1817  
1435  
1024  
784  
M
Q
H
5-19  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
6. SPECIAL APPENDIX COMMAND LIST BY MODEL  
○ : Valid Commands  
• : Valid Commands (Independent Functions on Thermal/Slip)  
‡ : Command where only settings are valid  
× : Invalid command (Ignored)  
• Standard Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Thermal  
Executed  
Set  
Slip  
Font Style  
and  
Character  
Set  
ESC RS F  
ESC GS t  
ESC GS =  
ESC R  
ESC /  
ESC SP  
ESC M  
ESC P  
ESC :  
ESC g  
ESC i  
ESC W  
ESC h  
SO  
Character  
Expansion  
Settings  
DC4  
ESC SO  
ESC DC4  
ESC E  
ESC F  
ESC -  
Print Mode  
ESC _  
ESC 4  
ESC 5  
ESC GS 4  
SI  
DC2  
ESC RS i  
LF  
Line  
Spacing  
CR  
ESC a  
ESC z  
ESC 0  
ESC 1  
ESC J  
ESC j  
×
ESC I  
ESC A  
ESC 2  
ESC 3  
ESC y  
FF  
ESC C  
ESC C 0  
VT  
ESC B  
ESC l  
ESC Q  
HT  
ESC D  
ESC GS A  
ESC GS R  
ESC GS a  
ESC &  
ESC %  
×
×
×
×
Page  
Control  
Horizontal  
Direction  
Position  
Download  
6-1  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Thermal  
Executed  
Set  
Slip  
×
×
×
Bit Image  
Graphics  
ESC K  
ESC L  
ESC k  
ESC X  
×
ESC ^  
Logo  
ESC FS q  
ESC FS p  
ESC RS L  
ESC b  
ESC d  
ESC BEL  
BEL  
Bar Codes  
Cutter Control  
External  
Device  
Drive  
FS  
SUB  
EM  
ESC GS BEL  
ESC GS EM DC1  
ESC GS EM DC2  
ESC RS d  
ESC RS r  
ESC RS a  
ESC ACK SOH  
ENQ  
EOT  
ETB  
ESC RS E  
ESC p  
ESC q  
ESC $  
ESC s  
ESC t  
ESC r  
ESC u n  
ESC x n  
ESC w n  
RS  
CAN  
ESC @  
ESC U  
Print  
Setting  
Status  
Kanji  
Character  
Others  
ESC GS # m  
ESC # @  
ESC # N ?  
ESC # *  
ESC ?  
DC3  
DC1  
6-2  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
• Raster related commands  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Thermal  
Executed  
Set  
Slip  
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Raster  
ESC * r R  
ESC * r A  
ESC * r B  
ESC * r C  
ESC * r D  
ESC * r E  
ESC * r F  
ESC * r P  
ESC * r Q  
ESC * r m l  
ESC * r m r  
ESC * r T  
ESC * r K  
b n1 n2 d1...dk  
k n1 n2 d1...dk  
ESC * r Y  
ESC FF NUL  
ESC FF EOT  
ESC * r N  
ESC * r V  
• Black mark related commands  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Executed  
Set  
Thermal  
Slip  
Black Mark  
Related  
Commands  
ESC d  
FF  
ESC C  
ESC C 0  
VT  
×
×
×
×
×
×
ESC B  
• 2-Color Printing Related Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Executed  
Set  
Thermal  
Slip  
2-Color  
ESC RS c  
Printing  
Related  
ESC RS C  
ESC 4  
Commands  
ESC 5  
ESC RS d  
ESC RS r  
ESC FS q  
ESC FS p  
• Mark Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Executed  
Set  
Thermal  
Slip  
Mark  
Commands  
ESC GS * 0  
ESC GS * 1  
ESC GS * 2  
ESC GS * W  
ESC GS * C  
×
6-3  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
• Auto Logo Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Executed  
Set  
Thermal  
Slip  
Auto Logo  
ESC GS / W  
ESC GS / C  
ESC GS / 1  
ESC GS / 2  
ESC GS / 3  
ESC GS / 4  
ESC GS / 5  
ESC GS / 6  
• PDF417 Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Executed  
Set  
Thermal  
Slip  
PDF417  
ESC GS x S 0  
ESC GS x S 1  
ESC GS x S 2  
ESC GS x S 3  
ESC GS x D  
ESC GS x P  
ESC GS x I  
×
• Print Start Trigger Control Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Executed  
Set  
Thermal  
Slip  
Print Start-  
ing Trigger  
Control  
ESC GS g 0  
ESC GS g 1  
×
6-4  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
• QR Code Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Executed  
Set  
Thermal  
Slip  
QR Codes  
ESC GS y S 0  
ESC GS y S 1  
ESC GS y S 2  
ESC GS y D 1  
ESC GS y D 2  
ESC GS y P  
×
ESC GS y I  
• Page Function Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
Model Name  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Executed  
Set  
Thermal  
Slip  
Page  
Function  
ESC GS h 0  
ESC GS h 1  
• Slip/Validation Function Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
HSP7000  
Executed  
Set  
Thermal  
Slip  
Slip/  
Validation  
Function  
ESC SI  
×
×
×
×
×
×
ESC FF  
ESC VT  
ESC EM  
• Page Mode Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Executed  
Set  
Thermal  
Slip  
Page Mode FF  
×
×
×
×
×
ESC n  
ESC !  
ESC *  
ESC T  
• Station Selection Command  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
Model Name  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Executed  
Set  
Thermal  
Slip  
Station  
Selection  
ESC + A  
• Presenter Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
HSP7000  
Executed  
Set  
Thermal  
Slip  
Presenter  
ESC SYN 0  
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
ESC SYN 1  
ESC SYN 3  
ESC SYN 4  
• MICR Commands  
Class  
Commands  
Class  
Model Name  
HSP7000  
Executed  
Set  
Thermal  
Slip  
MICR  
ESC FS M  
×
6-5  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
7. SPECIAL APPENDIX COMMAND FUNCTION LIST  
7-1) HSP7000  
7-1-1) Setting Command List  
Execution  
Station  
Thermal  
Slip  
Validation  
Other Precautions  
Thermal, Slip,  
Validation  
Type  
Command  
ESC RS F  
Line  
Other Precautions  
Line/Page  
Invalid  
Other Precautions  
Line/Page  
Invalid  
Shared  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Valid  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Font Style  
and  
ESC GS t  
ESC GS =  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Ignored for DBCS  
setting & for models  
with Kanji characters  
Valid  
Shared  
Ignored for DBCS  
setting & for models  
with Kanji characters  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid  
Shared  
Ignored for DBCS  
setting & for models  
with Kanji characters  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Character  
Set  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Invalid  
Invalid  
ESC R  
ESC /  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Shared  
ESC SP  
Shared with Slip/Vali-  
dation a Line Mode  
Line/Page mode  
settings  
Independent  
Line/Page mode  
settings  
Independent  
For each  
Line/Page  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line Mode: Shared  
with Thermal/Valida-  
tion a Line Mode  
Page Mode: Sared  
with Validation a  
Page Mode  
Line Mode: Shared  
with Thermal/Valida-  
tion a Line Mode  
Page Mode: Sared  
with Validation a  
Page Mode  
ESC M  
ESC P  
Shared  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Specify 12 dot pitch  
Specify 15 dot pitch  
Valid  
only Line  
Line Mode:  
7x9 Selection  
Page Mode:  
5x9 Fixed  
Valid after switch  
to line mode  
Valid  
only Line  
Line Mode:  
7x9 Selection  
Page Mode:  
5x9 Fixed  
Valid after switch  
to line mode  
Valid  
only Line  
Line mode: 5x9 (2P-  
1) selection  
Valid  
only Line  
Line mode: 5x9 (2P-  
1) selection  
Page Mode:  
Page mode: 5x9  
Fixed  
Valid after switch  
to line mode  
5x9 Fixed  
Valid after switch to  
line mode  
ESC :  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Specify 16 dot pitch  
Valid  
only Line  
Line mode: 5x9 (3P-  
1) selection  
Page mode: 5x9  
Fixed  
Valid after switch  
to line mode  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid  
only Line  
Line mode: 5x9 (3P-  
1) selection  
Page mode: 5x9  
Fixed  
Valid after switch  
to line mode  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
ESC g  
Shared  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Invalid  
Invalid  
ESC 6  
ESC 7  
ESC i  
Shared  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Valid  
Two bytes ignored  
Two bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Two bytes ignored  
Two bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Two bytes ignored  
Two bytes ignored  
Shared  
Shared  
Character  
Expansion  
Expanded by param-  
eter n1, n2  
After switch slip/  
validation, fixed at 2x  
even with expansion  
enabled  
Expanded by param-  
eter n  
After switch slip/  
validation, fixed at 2x  
even with expansion  
enabled  
Expanded by param-  
eter n  
After switch slip/  
validation, fixed at 2x  
even with expansion  
enabled  
Valid  
Shared  
Fixed at 2x when  
parameters n1, n2  
are higher than 1.  
Expansion valid  
by parameter after  
switch to thermal  
Fixed at 2x when  
parameter is higher  
than 1.  
Expansion valid  
by parameter after  
switch to thermal  
Fixed at 2x when  
parameter is higher  
than 1.  
Valid  
Shared  
Fixed at 2x when  
parameters n1, n2  
are higher than 1.  
Expansion valid  
by parameter after  
switch to thermal  
Fixed at 2x when  
parameter is higher  
than 1.  
Expansion valid  
by parameter after  
switch to thermal  
Fixed at 2x when  
parameter is higher  
than 1.  
ESC W  
ESC h  
Shared  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Expansion valid  
by parameter after  
switch to thermal  
Expansion valid  
by parameter after  
switch to thermal  
SO  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
DC4  
ESC SO  
ESC DC4  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Shared  
7-1  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
Execution  
Thermal  
Slip  
Validation  
Other Precautions  
Station  
Thermal, Slip,  
Type  
Command  
ESC E  
Line  
Other Precautions  
Line/Page  
Valid  
Other Precautions  
Line/Page  
Valid  
Validation  
Shared  
Adornment  
Valid  
Shared  
Shared  
ESC G  
ESC F  
Shared  
Shared  
Invalid  
Valid  
Two bytes ignored  
Two bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Two bytes ignored  
Two bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Two bytes ignored  
Two bytes ignored  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
ESC H  
ESC -  
Shared  
Shared  
Invalid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Shared  
ESC _  
ESC 4  
Shared  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Sets white/black  
inverted printing  
After switch to slip/  
validation, red-black  
swithing function  
printing valid  
Sets red/black sub-  
stitute function  
Valid  
After switch to  
thermal, white-black  
inversion printing  
Sets red/black sub-  
stitute function  
Valid  
After switch to  
thermal, white-black  
inversion printing  
valid  
valid  
ESC 5  
Shared  
Valid  
Cancel white/black  
inverted printing  
After switch to slip/  
validation, red-black  
swithing function  
printing canceled  
Valid after switch to  
slip/valdation  
Valid  
Shared  
Cancel white/black  
Valid  
Shared  
Cancel white/black  
inverted printing  
After switch to slip,  
red-black swithing  
function printing  
canceled  
inverted printing  
After switch to  
validation, red-black  
swithing function  
printing canceled  
ESC GS 4  
SI  
Shared  
Slip, Validation  
Invalid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
valid  
Shared  
Valid  
only Line  
Page mode: Valid  
after switch to line  
Valid  
only Line  
Page mode: Valid  
after switch to line  
mode  
Page Mode:  
mode  
Page Mode:  
DC2  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
only Line  
Valid after switch  
only Line  
Valid after switch  
to line mode  
to line mode  
ESC RS i  
ESC z  
Shared  
Slip, Validation  
valid  
Independent  
Invalid  
Valid  
Valid after switch to  
slip/valdation  
Valid  
only Line  
Page mode: Valid  
Valid  
only Line  
Page mode: Valid  
after switch to line  
mode  
Line/Page mode  
after switch to line  
mode  
Line/Page mode  
Line spac-  
ing  
Valid  
Valid  
Station selec-  
tion command  
For each  
Line/Page  
settings  
Independent  
For each  
Line/Page  
settings  
Independent  
dependent  
ESC 0  
ESC 1  
ESC A  
ESC 2  
ESC 3  
ESC y  
Independent  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode  
settings  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode  
settings  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode  
settings  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode  
settings  
Independent  
Valid  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode  
settings  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode  
settings  
Independent  
Valid  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode  
settings  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode  
settings  
Independent  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Three bytes ignored  
Three bytes ignored  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode  
settings  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode  
settings  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode  
settings  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode  
settings  
Independent  
dependent  
Page  
Control  
ESC C  
ESC C 0  
ESC c  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Shared  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
ESC B  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Only valid for  
thermal  
ESC N  
ESC O  
ESC I  
Shared  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Valid  
Three bytes ignored  
Two bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Three bytes ignored  
Two bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Three bytes ignored  
Two bytes ignored  
Shared  
Horizontal  
Direction  
Position  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
Valid  
only Line  
Page mode: Valid  
after switch to line  
mode  
Valid  
only Line  
Page mode: Valid  
after switch to line  
mode  
dependent  
ESC Q  
Independent  
Valid  
Valid  
only Line  
Page mode: Valid  
after switch to line  
mode  
Valid  
only Line  
Page mode: Valid  
after switch to line  
mode  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
ESC D  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
ESC GS a  
Shared  
Page mode: Valid  
after switch to line  
mode  
Page mode: Valid  
after switch to line  
mode  
only Line  
only Line  
7-2  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
Execution  
Station  
Thermal, Slip,  
Validation  
Thermal  
Other Precau-  
Slip  
Validation  
Other Precautions  
Shared with slip  
Type  
Command  
ESC &  
Line  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Line/Page  
Other Precautions  
Shared with validation  
Line/Page  
tions  
Download  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
ESC %  
Logos  
ESC FS q  
ESC BEL  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
External  
Drive  
Shared  
Shared  
Device  
ESC GS EM  
DC1  
ESC RS d  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
Print Set-  
ting  
Shared  
Only valid  
for thermal  
Shared  
Only valid  
for thermal  
Shared  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
ESC RS r  
Valid  
Invalid  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Invalid  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Status  
ESC RS a  
ESC p  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Kanji  
Character  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Page Mode: Valid only  
in double-density page  
mode  
For standard mode,  
valid after switching to  
double-densitymode/line  
mode  
Page Mode: Valid only  
in double-density page  
mode  
For standard mode,  
valid after switching to  
double-densitymode/line  
mode  
Page Mode: Valid only  
in double-density page  
mode  
Shared  
Shared  
For standard mode,  
valid after switching to  
double-densitymode/line  
mode  
Page Mode: Valid only  
in double-density page  
mode  
For standard mode,  
valid after switching to  
double-densitymode/line  
mode  
Page Mode: Valid only  
in double-density page  
mode  
ESC q  
ESC $  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Page Mode: Valid only  
in double-density page  
mode  
Valid  
Shared  
For standard mode,  
valid after switching to  
double-densitymode/line  
mode  
For standard mode,  
valid after switching to  
double-densitymode/line  
mode  
ESC s  
ESC t  
ESC r  
ESC u  
Shared  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared with Slip/  
Validation a Line  
Mode setting  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode set-  
tings  
Independent  
Line Mode: Shared with  
Validation setting  
Line/Page mode set-  
tings  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode set-  
tings  
Independent  
Line Mode: Shared with  
Validation setting  
Line/Page mode set-  
tings  
Shared with Slip/  
Validation a Line  
Mode setting  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Independent  
Independent  
Line Mode: Shared with  
Validation setting  
Shared with validation  
Line Mode: Shared with  
Validation setting  
Shared with slip  
Independent  
Station  
selection  
command  
dependent  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
Valid after switch  
to slip/valdation  
Valid  
Shared  
Page Mode: Valid only  
in double-density page  
mode  
Valid  
Shared  
Page Mode: Valid only  
in double-density page  
mode  
Slip, Valida-  
tion valid  
For standard mode,  
valid after switching to  
double-densitymode/line  
mode  
For standard mode,  
valid after switching to  
double-densitymode/line  
mode  
ESC x  
ESC w  
ESC U  
Shared  
Slip, Valida-  
tion valid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Valid after switch  
to slip/valdation  
Valid  
Shared  
Page Mode: Valid only  
in double-density page  
mode  
For standard mode,  
valid after switching to  
double-densitymode/line  
mode  
Page Mode: Valid only  
in double-density page  
mode  
For standard mode,  
valid after switching to  
double-densitymode/line  
mode  
Valid  
Shared  
Page Mode: Valid only  
in double-density page  
mode  
For standard mode,  
valid after switching to  
double-densitymode/line  
mode  
Page Mode: Valid only  
in double-density page  
mode  
For standard mode,  
valid after switching to  
double-densitymode/line  
mode  
Shared  
Slip, Valida-  
tion valid  
Valid after switch  
to slip/valdation  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Shared  
Slip, Valida-  
tion valid  
Valid after switch  
to slip/valdation  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode set-  
tings  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Line/Page mode set-  
tings  
Independent  
Shared with validation  
Shared with slip  
Others  
ESC e  
ESC f  
Shared  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Shared  
7-3  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
Thermal  
Slip  
Validation  
Other Precautions  
Execution Station  
Thermal, Slip, Validation  
Shared  
Type  
Macro  
Command  
ESC GS +  
Line  
Valid  
Other Precautions  
Line/Page  
Valid  
Other Precautions  
Line/Page  
Valid  
Shared  
Shared  
Raster  
Mode  
ESC * r E  
ESC * r F  
ESC * r P  
ESC * r Q  
ESC * r m l  
ESC * r m r  
ESC * r T  
ESC * r K  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Only valid for thermal  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Only valid for thermal  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Only valid for thermal  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Only valid for thermal  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Only valid for thermal  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Only valid for thermal  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Only valid for thermal  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Invalid  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Invalid  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
dependent  
Only valid for thermal  
USB  
ESC # # W  
ESC RS c  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
Related  
2-Color  
Printing  
Shared  
Only valid for thermal  
Shared  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
ESC RS C  
ESC GS * 1  
ESC GS * 2  
ESC GS / 1  
ESC GS / 2  
ESC GS / 3  
ESC GS / 4  
ESC GS / 5  
ESC GS / 6  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Only valid for thermal  
Mark Com-  
mands  
Shared  
Only valid for thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for thermal  
Auto Logo  
Shared  
Only valid for thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for thermal  
Shared  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Only valid for thermal  
User ID  
ESC GS  
% 0  
ESC GS x  
S 0  
ESC GS x  
S 1  
ESC GS x  
S 2  
ESC GS x  
S 3  
ESC GS  
x D  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
PDF 417  
Shared  
Only valid for thermal  
Shared  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Only valid for thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
7-4  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
Execution  
Station  
Thermal, Slip,  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
Validation  
Other Precautions  
Type  
Command  
ESC RS A  
Line  
Other Precautions  
Line/Page  
Other Precautions  
Line/Page  
Printer  
Driver  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Shared  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
only Line  
Page Mode: Valid  
after switch to line  
mode  
Valid  
only Line  
Page Mode: Valid  
after switch to line  
mode  
ESC RS m  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Print  
Start  
Trigger  
QR  
ESC GS g 1  
ESC GS y S 0  
ESC GS y S 1  
ESC GS y S 2  
ESC GS y D 1  
ESC GS y D 2  
ESC GS h 0  
ESC GS h 1  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Codes  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Page  
Function  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Shared  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Valid after switch to  
thermal  
Slip  
Function  
ESC SI  
Shared  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Three bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Three bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Three bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
ESC VT  
Shared  
Slip, Validation  
valid  
ESC EM  
ESC US  
ESC n  
Shared  
Slip/Validation  
Valid  
Shared  
Slip, Validation  
valid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Valid after switch to  
slip/validation  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid after switch to  
slip/valdation  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Page  
Mode  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Shared  
Two bytes ignored  
Valid  
only Line  
Page Mode:  
Two bytes ignored  
Valid  
only Line  
Page Mode:  
Two bytes ignored  
ESC !  
ESC *  
ESC T  
Invalid  
Valid  
Two bytes ignored  
Valid  
Page only  
Line Mode:  
Two bytes ignored  
Valid  
Page only  
Line Mode:  
Two bytes ignored  
Raster mode related  
Ten bytes ignored  
Valid  
Page only  
Line Mode:  
Valid after switch  
to page mode  
Valid  
Page only  
Line Mode:  
Valid after switch  
to page mode  
Invalid  
Three bytes ignored  
Valid  
Page only  
Line Mode:  
Valid after switch  
to page mode  
Valid  
Page only  
Line Mode:  
Valid after switch to  
page mode  
Presenter  
ESC SYN 1  
ESC SYN 2  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Four bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Four bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Four bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Shared  
7-5  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
7-1-2) Execution Command List  
Thermal  
Other Precautions  
Slip  
Validation  
Other Precautions  
Execution Station  
Thermal, Slip, Validation  
Independent  
Type  
Line  
Command  
LF  
Line  
Line/Page  
Valid  
Other Precautions  
Line/Page  
Valid  
Valid  
spacing  
Station selection  
command  
For each  
Line/Page  
For each  
Line/Page  
dependent  
CR  
Independent  
Valid  
Invalid  
Valid  
Valid  
Invalid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Invalid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Invalid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
GS  
Independent  
One byte ignored  
Invalid  
One byte ignored  
Invalid  
One byte ignored  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
ESC a  
ESC J  
ESC j  
ESC I  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Independent  
Three bytes  
ignored  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Page  
Control  
FF  
Independent  
Invalid  
One byte ignored  
One byte ignored  
Invalid  
One byte ignored  
One byte ignored  
(Line Mode)  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
VT  
Independent  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Horizontal  
Direction  
Position  
HT  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
ESC GS A  
ESC GS R  
ESC HT  
ESC K  
ESC L  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Independent  
Four bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Four bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Four bytes ignored  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Bit Image  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
ESC k  
Independent  
Invalid  
Invalid  
All data for the  
amount of the coun-  
ter received and  
Invalid  
All data for the  
amount of the coun-  
ter received and  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
discarded  
discarded  
ESC X  
ESC ^  
Independent  
All data for the  
Invalid  
All data for the  
Station selection  
command  
amount of the coun-  
ter received and  
discarded  
amount of the coun-  
ter received and  
discarded  
dependent  
Independent  
All data for the  
amount of the  
counter received  
and discarded  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Logo  
ESC FS p  
ESC RS L  
ESC b  
Independent  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Independent  
Valid  
only Line  
Page Mode:  
Four bytes ignored  
Valid  
only Line  
Page Mode:  
Four bytes ignored  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Bar  
Independent  
Valid  
Line Mode:  
Valid  
Line Mode:  
Codes  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
only Line  
Data received  
only Line  
Data received  
and discarded up to  
<RS> for unsup-  
ported bar codes  
Page Mode: Data  
received and dis-  
and discarded up  
to <RS> for unsup-  
ported bar codes  
Page Mode: Data  
received and dis-  
carded up to <RS>.  
carded up to <RS>.  
Cutter  
Control  
ESC d  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
Valid  
Invalid  
Three bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Three bytes ignored  
dependent  
7-6  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rev. 0.00  
Execution  
Station  
Thermal  
Slip  
Validation  
Thermal, Slip,  
Validation  
Type  
Command  
BEL  
Line  
Other Precautions  
Line/Page  
Other Precautions  
Line/Page  
Other Precautions  
External  
Device  
Drive  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
FS  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
SUB  
EM  
ESC GS BEL  
ESC GS EM  
DC2  
ESC ACK  
SOH  
Status  
ENQ  
EOT  
ETB  
ESC RS E  
RS  
Others  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
CAN  
ESC @  
ESC GS #  
Shared  
Shared  
ESC # N  
ESC # @  
Shared  
Shared  
Invalid  
Valid  
Ignored up to <NUL>  
Invalid  
Ignored up to <NUL>  
Invalid  
Ignored up to <NUL>  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
ESC # N ?  
ESC # *  
ESC ?  
DC3  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
DC1  
Shared  
Invalid  
Shared  
Invalid  
ESC GS r  
ESC ETB  
Valid  
Six bytes ignored  
Six bytes ignored  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Invalid  
Three bytes ignored  
Valid  
only Line  
Page Mode:  
Three bytes  
ignored  
Valid  
only Line  
Page Mode:  
Three bytes  
ignored  
Macro  
ESC m  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Valid  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Valid  
For each  
Line/Page  
Initialization  
Macro  
ESC * r R  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
Raster  
Mode  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Four bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
ESC * r A  
ESC * r B  
ESC * r C  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Only valid for  
thermal  
7-7  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
Thermal  
Slip  
Validation  
Execution Station  
Thermal, Slip, Valida-  
tion  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
Type  
Command  
ESC * r D  
Line  
Other Precautions  
Line/Page  
Invalid  
Other Precautions  
Line/Page  
Invalid  
Other Precautions  
Raster  
Mode  
Valid  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
dependent  
Only valid for  
thermal  
b
Independent  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Data for the amount  
of the counter  
received and  
discarded  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Data for the amount  
of the counter  
received and  
discarded  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Only valid for  
thermal  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Shared  
k
Data for the amount  
of the counter  
received and  
discarded  
Data for the amount  
of the counter  
received and  
discarded  
ESC * r Y  
ESC FF NUL  
ESC FF EOT  
ESC * r N  
ESC * r V  
ESC GS * 0  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Three bytes ignored  
Three bytes ignored  
Three bytes ignored  
Three bytes ignored  
Data for the amount  
of the counter  
received and  
discarded  
Data for the amount  
of the counter  
received and  
discarded  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Data received and  
discarded up to  
<NUL>.  
Mark Com-  
mands  
Invalid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
All data for the  
counter received  
and discarded  
Invalid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
All data for the  
counter received  
and discarded  
ESC GS * W  
ESC GS * C  
ESC GS / W  
ESC GS / C  
ESC GS % W  
ESC GS % 1  
ESC GS % P  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Shared  
Auto Logo  
User ID  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Shared  
Five bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Sends “Error”  
Five bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Sends “Error”  
PDF 417  
ESC GS x P  
Valid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
ESC GS x I  
ESC GS M  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Maintenance  
Counter  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
Page Mode:  
Six bytes ignored  
Page Mode:  
Six bytes ignored  
only Line  
only Line  
dependent  
Program  
Overwrite  
Printer  
Driver  
Print Start  
Trigger  
ESC GS ?  
Shared  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Invalid  
ESC GS CAN  
ESC GS g 0  
Shared  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Independent  
Station selection  
command  
dependent  
Shared  
Six bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Sends “Error”  
Six bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Sends “Error”  
QR Codes  
ESC GS y P  
ESC GS y I  
Valid  
Valid  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Valid  
Valid  
Shared  
Shared  
7-8  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rev. 0.00  
Execution  
Station  
Thermal, Slip,  
Validation  
Thermal  
Slip  
Validation  
Other Precautions  
Type  
Command  
ESC RS #  
Line  
Other Precautions  
Four bytes ignored  
Line/Page  
Invalid  
Other Precautions  
Four bytes ignored  
Line/Page  
Invalid  
Head  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Invalid  
Four bytes ignored  
Failure  
Detection  
Slip  
Function  
ESC FF  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Invalid  
Ignored  
Valid  
Three bytes ignored  
One byte ignored  
Valid  
Shared  
Valid  
Shared  
Page  
Mode  
FF  
Valid  
Page only  
Line Mode:  
One byte ignored  
Valid  
Page only  
Line Mode:  
One byte ignored  
(Page Mode)  
Staion  
Switch  
ESC + A  
Valid  
only Line  
Page Mode:  
Six bytes ignored  
Valid  
only Line  
Page Mode:  
Six bytes ignored  
Presenter  
MICR  
ESC SYN 0  
ESC SYN 3  
Shared  
Shared  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Four bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Four bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Four bytes ignored  
Four bytes ignored  
ESC SYN 4  
ESC FS M  
Shared  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Four bytes ignored  
Five bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Valid  
Four bytes ignored  
Invalid  
Invalid  
Four bytes ignored  
Five bytes ignored  
Independent  
Station selec-  
tion command  
dependent  
Page Mode:  
Five bytes ignored  
7-9  
STAR LIne Mode Command Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OVERSEAS SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES  
STAR MICRONICS AMERICA, INC.  
1150 King Georges Post Road, Edison, NJ 08837-3729 U.S.A.  
Tel: (int+1)-732-623-5555, Fax: (int+1)-732-623-5590  
ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS DIVISION  
STAR MICRONICS EUROPE LTD.  
Star House, Peregrine Business Park, Gomm Road,  
High Wycombe, Bucks, HP13 7DL, U.K.  
STAR MICRONICS CO., LTD.  
536 Nanatsushinya, Shimizu-ku, Shizuoka,  
424-0066 Japan  
Tel: (int+44)-1494-471111, Fax: (int+44)-1494-473333  
Tel: (int+81)-54-347-0112, Fax: (int+81)-54-347-0709  
STAR MICRONICS ASIA LTD.  
Please access the following URL  
http://www.star-m.jp/eng/dl/dl02.htm  
for the latest revision of the manual.  
Rm. 1901-5, 19/F., Enterprise Square Two,  
3 Sheung Yuet Road, Kowloon Bay, Hong Kong  
Tel: (int+852)-2796-2727, Fax: (int+852)-2799-9344  
Rev. 0.00 2008.09.29  
Printed in Japan, 80877105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Sharp CD Player MD MT20H User Manual
Sharp Projector XG PH80W N User Manual
Soleus Air Air Conditioner GM PAC 12E1 User Manual
Sony DVD Player 3 283 045 111 User Manual
Sony Speaker System SS XB5A User Manual
Sony Speaker System SS XG500 User Manual
Sony Stereo Receiver STR DE305 User Manual
Spalding Fitness Equipment M60 1111 User Manual
Swisher Lawn Mower T1260 T1360 User Manual
Talk electronic Stereo Amplifier Tornado 31B Power Amplifier User Manual